Initial version
This commit is contained in:
commit
da0cb0039d
99
.gitignore
vendored
Normal file
99
.gitignore
vendored
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
|
||||
#
|
||||
# NOTE! Don't add files that are generated in specific
|
||||
# subdirectories here. Add them in the ".gitignore" file
|
||||
# in that subdirectory instead.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# NOTE! Please use 'git ls-files -i --exclude-standard'
|
||||
# command after changing this file, to see if there are
|
||||
# any tracked files which get ignored after the change.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Normal rules
|
||||
#
|
||||
.*
|
||||
*.o
|
||||
*.o.*
|
||||
*.a
|
||||
*.s
|
||||
*.ko
|
||||
*.so
|
||||
*.so.dbg
|
||||
*.mod.c
|
||||
*.i
|
||||
*.lst
|
||||
*.symtypes
|
||||
*.order
|
||||
modules.builtin
|
||||
*.elf
|
||||
*.bin
|
||||
*.gz
|
||||
*.bz2
|
||||
*.lzma
|
||||
*.xz
|
||||
*.lz4
|
||||
*.lzo
|
||||
*.patch
|
||||
*.gcno
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Top-level generic files
|
||||
#
|
||||
/tags
|
||||
/TAGS
|
||||
/linux
|
||||
/vmlinux
|
||||
/vmlinuz
|
||||
/System.map
|
||||
/Module.markers
|
||||
/Module.symvers
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Debian directory (make deb-pkg)
|
||||
#
|
||||
/debian/
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# git files that we don't want to ignore even it they are dot-files
|
||||
#
|
||||
!.gitignore
|
||||
!.mailmap
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Generated include files
|
||||
#
|
||||
include/config
|
||||
include/generated
|
||||
arch/*/include/generated
|
||||
|
||||
# stgit generated dirs
|
||||
patches-*
|
||||
|
||||
# quilt's files
|
||||
patches
|
||||
series
|
||||
|
||||
# cscope files
|
||||
cscope.*
|
||||
ncscope.*
|
||||
|
||||
# gnu global files
|
||||
GPATH
|
||||
GRTAGS
|
||||
GSYMS
|
||||
GTAGS
|
||||
|
||||
*.orig
|
||||
*~
|
||||
\#*#
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Leavings from module signing
|
||||
#
|
||||
extra_certificates
|
||||
signing_key.priv
|
||||
signing_key.x509
|
||||
x509.genkey
|
||||
|
||||
# Kconfig presets
|
||||
all.config
|
||||
|
||||
/.pc/*
|
118
.mailmap
Normal file
118
.mailmap
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This list is used by git-shortlog to fix a few botched name translations
|
||||
# in the git archive, either because the author's full name was messed up
|
||||
# and/or not always written the same way, making contributions from the
|
||||
# same person appearing not to be so or badly displayed.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# repo-abbrev: /pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
Aaron Durbin <adurbin@google.com>
|
||||
Adam Oldham <oldhamca@gmail.com>
|
||||
Adam Radford <aradford@gmail.com>
|
||||
Adrian Bunk <bunk@stusta.de>
|
||||
Alan Cox <alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk>
|
||||
Alan Cox <root@hraefn.swansea.linux.org.uk>
|
||||
Aleksey Gorelov <aleksey_gorelov@phoenix.com>
|
||||
Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk>
|
||||
Al Viro <viro@zenIV.linux.org.uk>
|
||||
Andreas Herrmann <aherrman@de.ibm.com>
|
||||
Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
|
||||
Andrew Vasquez <andrew.vasquez@qlogic.com>
|
||||
Andy Adamson <andros@citi.umich.edu>
|
||||
Archit Taneja <archit@ti.com>
|
||||
Arnaud Patard <arnaud.patard@rtp-net.org>
|
||||
Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
|
||||
Axel Dyks <xl@xlsigned.net>
|
||||
Axel Lin <axel.lin@gmail.com>
|
||||
Ben Gardner <bgardner@wabtec.com>
|
||||
Ben M Cahill <ben.m.cahill@intel.com>
|
||||
Björn Steinbrink <B.Steinbrink@gmx.de>
|
||||
Brian Avery <b.avery@hp.com>
|
||||
Brian King <brking@us.ibm.com>
|
||||
Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
|
||||
Corey Minyard <minyard@acm.org>
|
||||
Damian Hobson-Garcia <dhobsong@igel.co.jp>
|
||||
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>
|
||||
David Woodhouse <dwmw2@shinybook.infradead.org>
|
||||
Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
|
||||
Domen Puncer <domen@coderock.org>
|
||||
Douglas Gilbert <dougg@torque.net>
|
||||
Ed L. Cashin <ecashin@coraid.com>
|
||||
Evgeniy Polyakov <johnpol@2ka.mipt.ru>
|
||||
Felipe W Damasio <felipewd@terra.com.br>
|
||||
Felix Kuhling <fxkuehl@gmx.de>
|
||||
Felix Moeller <felix@derklecks.de>
|
||||
Filipe Lautert <filipe@icewall.org>
|
||||
Franck Bui-Huu <vagabon.xyz@gmail.com>
|
||||
Frank Zago <fzago@systemfabricworks.com>
|
||||
Greg Kroah-Hartman <greg@echidna.(none)>
|
||||
Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
|
||||
Greg Kroah-Hartman <greg@kroah.com>
|
||||
Henk Vergonet <Henk.Vergonet@gmail.com>
|
||||
Henrik Kretzschmar <henne@nachtwindheim.de>
|
||||
Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
|
||||
Jacob Shin <Jacob.Shin@amd.com>
|
||||
James Bottomley <jejb@mulgrave.(none)>
|
||||
James Bottomley <jejb@titanic.il.steeleye.com>
|
||||
James E Wilson <wilson@specifix.com>
|
||||
James Ketrenos <jketreno@io.(none)>
|
||||
Jean Tourrilhes <jt@hpl.hp.com>
|
||||
Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pretzel.yyz.us>
|
||||
Jens Axboe <axboe@suse.de>
|
||||
Jens Osterkamp <Jens.Osterkamp@de.ibm.com>
|
||||
John Stultz <johnstul@us.ibm.com>
|
||||
Juha Yrjola <at solidboot.com>
|
||||
Juha Yrjola <juha.yrjola@nokia.com>
|
||||
Juha Yrjola <juha.yrjola@solidboot.com>
|
||||
Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org>
|
||||
Kenneth W Chen <kenneth.w.chen@intel.com>
|
||||
Koushik <raghavendra.koushik@neterion.com>
|
||||
Kuninori Morimoto <kuninori.morimoto.gx@renesas.com>
|
||||
Leonid I Ananiev <leonid.i.ananiev@intel.com>
|
||||
Linas Vepstas <linas@austin.ibm.com>
|
||||
Mark Brown <broonie@sirena.org.uk>
|
||||
Matthieu CASTET <castet.matthieu@free.fr>
|
||||
Mayuresh Janorkar <mayur@ti.com>
|
||||
Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
|
||||
Michel Dänzer <michel@tungstengraphics.com>
|
||||
Mitesh shah <mshah@teja.com>
|
||||
Morten Welinder <terra@gnome.org>
|
||||
Morten Welinder <welinder@anemone.rentec.com>
|
||||
Morten Welinder <welinder@darter.rentec.com>
|
||||
Morten Welinder <welinder@troll.com>
|
||||
Mythri P K <mythripk@ti.com>
|
||||
Nguyen Anh Quynh <aquynh@gmail.com>
|
||||
Paolo 'Blaisorblade' Giarrusso <blaisorblade@yahoo.it>
|
||||
Patrick Mochel <mochel@digitalimplant.org>
|
||||
Peter A Jonsson <pj@ludd.ltu.se>
|
||||
Peter Oruba <peter@oruba.de>
|
||||
Peter Oruba <peter.oruba@amd.com>
|
||||
Praveen BP <praveenbp@ti.com>
|
||||
Rajesh Shah <rajesh.shah@intel.com>
|
||||
Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
|
||||
Ralf Wildenhues <Ralf.Wildenhues@gmx.de>
|
||||
Rémi Denis-Courmont <rdenis@simphalempin.com>
|
||||
Rudolf Marek <R.Marek@sh.cvut.cz>
|
||||
Rui Saraiva <rmps@joel.ist.utl.pt>
|
||||
Sachin P Sant <ssant@in.ibm.com>
|
||||
Sam Ravnborg <sam@mars.ravnborg.org>
|
||||
Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de>
|
||||
S.Çağlar Onur <caglar@pardus.org.tr>
|
||||
Simon Kelley <simon@thekelleys.org.uk>
|
||||
Stéphane Witzmann <stephane.witzmann@ubpmes.univ-bpclermont.fr>
|
||||
Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org>
|
||||
Sumit Semwal <sumit.semwal@ti.com>
|
||||
Tejun Heo <htejun@gmail.com>
|
||||
Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
|
||||
Tony Luck <tony.luck@intel.com>
|
||||
Tsuneo Yoshioka <Tsuneo.Yoshioka@f-secure.com>
|
||||
Uwe Kleine-König <ukleinek@informatik.uni-freiburg.de>
|
||||
Uwe Kleine-König <ukl@pengutronix.de>
|
||||
Uwe Kleine-König <Uwe.Kleine-Koenig@digi.com>
|
||||
Valdis Kletnieks <Valdis.Kletnieks@vt.edu>
|
||||
Viresh Kumar <viresh.linux@gmail.com> <viresh.kumar@st.com>
|
||||
Takashi YOSHII <takashi.yoshii.zj@renesas.com>
|
||||
Yusuke Goda <goda.yusuke@renesas.com>
|
||||
Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
|
||||
Gustavo Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
|
356
COPYING
Normal file
356
COPYING
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,356 @@
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE! This copyright does *not* cover user programs that use kernel
|
||||
services by normal system calls - this is merely considered normal use
|
||||
of the kernel, and does *not* fall under the heading of "derived work".
|
||||
Also note that the GPL below is copyrighted by the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, but the instance of code that it refers to (the Linux
|
||||
kernel) is copyrighted by me and others who actually wrote it.
|
||||
|
||||
Also note that the only valid version of the GPL as far as the kernel
|
||||
is concerned is _this_ particular version of the license (ie v2, not
|
||||
v2.2 or v3.x or whatever), unless explicitly otherwise stated.
|
||||
|
||||
Linus Torvalds
|
||||
|
||||
----------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||
Version 2, June 1991
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
|
||||
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
|
||||
|
||||
Preamble
|
||||
|
||||
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
|
||||
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
|
||||
License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
|
||||
software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
|
||||
General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
|
||||
using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
|
||||
the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
|
||||
your programs, too.
|
||||
|
||||
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
|
||||
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
|
||||
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
|
||||
this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
|
||||
if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
|
||||
in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
|
||||
|
||||
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
|
||||
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
|
||||
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
|
||||
distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
|
||||
gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
|
||||
you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
|
||||
source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
|
||||
rights.
|
||||
|
||||
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
|
||||
(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
|
||||
distribute and/or modify the software.
|
||||
|
||||
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
|
||||
that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
|
||||
software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
|
||||
want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
|
||||
that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
|
||||
authors' reputations.
|
||||
|
||||
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
|
||||
patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
|
||||
program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
|
||||
program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
|
||||
patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
|
||||
|
||||
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
|
||||
modification follow.
|
||||
|
||||
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
|
||||
|
||||
0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
|
||||
a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
|
||||
under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
|
||||
refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
|
||||
means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
|
||||
that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
|
||||
either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
|
||||
language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
|
||||
the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
|
||||
|
||||
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
|
||||
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
|
||||
running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
|
||||
is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
|
||||
Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
|
||||
Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
|
||||
|
||||
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
|
||||
source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
|
||||
conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
|
||||
copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
|
||||
notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
|
||||
and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
|
||||
along with the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
|
||||
you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
|
||||
|
||||
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
|
||||
of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
|
||||
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
|
||||
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
|
||||
|
||||
a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
|
||||
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
|
||||
|
||||
b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
|
||||
whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
|
||||
part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
|
||||
parties under the terms of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
|
||||
when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
|
||||
interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
|
||||
announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
|
||||
notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
|
||||
a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
|
||||
these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
|
||||
License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
|
||||
does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
|
||||
the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
|
||||
|
||||
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
|
||||
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
|
||||
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
|
||||
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
|
||||
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
|
||||
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
|
||||
on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
|
||||
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
|
||||
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
|
||||
|
||||
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
|
||||
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
|
||||
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
|
||||
collective works based on the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
|
||||
with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
|
||||
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
|
||||
the scope of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
|
||||
under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
|
||||
Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
|
||||
|
||||
a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
|
||||
source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
|
||||
1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
|
||||
|
||||
b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
|
||||
years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
|
||||
cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
|
||||
machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
|
||||
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
|
||||
customarily used for software interchange; or,
|
||||
|
||||
c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
|
||||
to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
|
||||
allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
|
||||
received the program in object code or executable form with such
|
||||
an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
|
||||
|
||||
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
|
||||
making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
|
||||
code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
|
||||
associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
|
||||
control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
|
||||
special exception, the source code distributed need not include
|
||||
anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
|
||||
form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
|
||||
operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
|
||||
itself accompanies the executable.
|
||||
|
||||
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
|
||||
access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
|
||||
access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
|
||||
distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
|
||||
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
|
||||
|
||||
4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
|
||||
except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
|
||||
otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
|
||||
void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
|
||||
However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
|
||||
this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
|
||||
parties remain in full compliance.
|
||||
|
||||
5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
|
||||
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
|
||||
distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
|
||||
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
|
||||
modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
|
||||
Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
|
||||
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
|
||||
the Program or works based on it.
|
||||
|
||||
6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
|
||||
Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
|
||||
original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
|
||||
these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
|
||||
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
|
||||
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
|
||||
this License.
|
||||
|
||||
7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
|
||||
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
|
||||
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
|
||||
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
|
||||
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
|
||||
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
|
||||
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
|
||||
may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
|
||||
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
|
||||
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
|
||||
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
|
||||
refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
|
||||
any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
|
||||
apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
|
||||
circumstances.
|
||||
|
||||
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
|
||||
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
|
||||
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
|
||||
integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
|
||||
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
|
||||
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
|
||||
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
|
||||
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
|
||||
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
|
||||
impose that choice.
|
||||
|
||||
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
|
||||
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
|
||||
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
|
||||
original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
|
||||
may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
|
||||
those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
|
||||
countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
|
||||
the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
|
||||
of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
|
||||
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
|
||||
address new problems or concerns.
|
||||
|
||||
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
|
||||
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
|
||||
later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
|
||||
either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
|
||||
Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
|
||||
this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
|
||||
programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
|
||||
to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
|
||||
Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
|
||||
make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
|
||||
of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
|
||||
of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
|
||||
|
||||
NO WARRANTY
|
||||
|
||||
11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
|
||||
FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
|
||||
OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
|
||||
PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
|
||||
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
|
||||
TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
|
||||
PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
|
||||
REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
|
||||
|
||||
12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
|
||||
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
|
||||
REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
|
||||
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
|
||||
OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
|
||||
TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
|
||||
YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
|
||||
PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
|
||||
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
|
||||
|
||||
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
|
||||
|
||||
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
|
||||
|
||||
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
|
||||
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
|
||||
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
|
||||
|
||||
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
|
||||
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
|
||||
convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
|
||||
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
|
||||
|
||||
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
|
||||
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
|
||||
|
||||
If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
|
||||
when it starts in an interactive mode:
|
||||
|
||||
Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
|
||||
Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
|
||||
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
|
||||
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
|
||||
|
||||
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
|
||||
parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
|
||||
be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
|
||||
mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
|
||||
|
||||
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
|
||||
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
|
||||
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
|
||||
|
||||
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
|
||||
`Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
|
||||
|
||||
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
|
||||
Ty Coon, President of Vice
|
||||
|
||||
This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
|
||||
proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
|
||||
consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
|
||||
library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
|
||||
Public License instead of this License.
|
7
Documentation/.gitignore
vendored
Normal file
7
Documentation/.gitignore
vendored
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
|
||||
filesystems/dnotify_test
|
||||
laptops/dslm
|
||||
timers/hpet_example
|
||||
vm/hugepage-mmap
|
||||
vm/hugepage-shm
|
||||
vm/map_hugetlb
|
||||
|
497
Documentation/00-INDEX
Normal file
497
Documentation/00-INDEX
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,497 @@
|
||||
|
||||
This is a brief list of all the files in ./linux/Documentation and what
|
||||
they contain. If you add a documentation file, please list it here in
|
||||
alphabetical order as well, or risk being hunted down like a rabid dog.
|
||||
Please keep the descriptions small enough to fit on one line.
|
||||
Thanks -- Paul G.
|
||||
|
||||
Following translations are available on the WWW:
|
||||
|
||||
- Japanese, maintained by the JF Project (jf@listserv.linux.or.jp), at
|
||||
http://linuxjf.sourceforge.jp/
|
||||
|
||||
00-INDEX
|
||||
- this file.
|
||||
ABI/
|
||||
- info on kernel <-> userspace ABI and relative interface stability.
|
||||
|
||||
BUG-HUNTING
|
||||
- brute force method of doing binary search of patches to find bug.
|
||||
Changes
|
||||
- list of changes that break older software packages.
|
||||
CodingStyle
|
||||
- how the maintainers expect the C code in the kernel to look.
|
||||
DMA-API.txt
|
||||
- DMA API, pci_ API & extensions for non-consistent memory machines.
|
||||
DMA-API-HOWTO.txt
|
||||
- Dynamic DMA mapping Guide
|
||||
DMA-ISA-LPC.txt
|
||||
- How to do DMA with ISA (and LPC) devices.
|
||||
DMA-attributes.txt
|
||||
- listing of the various possible attributes a DMA region can have
|
||||
dmatest.txt
|
||||
- how to compile, configure and use the dmatest system.
|
||||
DocBook/
|
||||
- directory with DocBook templates etc. for kernel documentation.
|
||||
EDID/
|
||||
- directory with info on customizing EDID for broken gfx/displays.
|
||||
HOWTO
|
||||
- the process and procedures of how to do Linux kernel development.
|
||||
IPMI.txt
|
||||
- info on Linux Intelligent Platform Management Interface (IPMI) Driver.
|
||||
IRQ-affinity.txt
|
||||
- how to select which CPU(s) handle which interrupt events on SMP.
|
||||
IRQ-domain.txt
|
||||
- info on interrupt numbering and setting up IRQ domains.
|
||||
IRQ.txt
|
||||
- description of what an IRQ is.
|
||||
Intel-IOMMU.txt
|
||||
- basic info on the Intel IOMMU virtualization support.
|
||||
Makefile
|
||||
- some files in Documentation dir are actually sample code to build
|
||||
ManagementStyle
|
||||
- how to (attempt to) manage kernel hackers.
|
||||
RCU/
|
||||
- directory with info on RCU (read-copy update).
|
||||
SAK.txt
|
||||
- info on Secure Attention Keys.
|
||||
SM501.txt
|
||||
- Silicon Motion SM501 multimedia companion chip
|
||||
SecurityBugs
|
||||
- procedure for reporting security bugs found in the kernel.
|
||||
SubmitChecklist
|
||||
- Linux kernel patch submission checklist.
|
||||
SubmittingDrivers
|
||||
- procedure to get a new driver source included into the kernel tree.
|
||||
SubmittingPatches
|
||||
- procedure to get a source patch included into the kernel tree.
|
||||
VGA-softcursor.txt
|
||||
- how to change your VGA cursor from a blinking underscore.
|
||||
accounting/
|
||||
- documentation on accounting and taskstats.
|
||||
acpi/
|
||||
- info on ACPI-specific hooks in the kernel.
|
||||
aoe/
|
||||
- description of AoE (ATA over Ethernet) along with config examples.
|
||||
applying-patches.txt
|
||||
- description of various trees and how to apply their patches.
|
||||
arm/
|
||||
- directory with info about Linux on the ARM architecture.
|
||||
arm64/
|
||||
- directory with info about Linux on the 64 bit ARM architecture.
|
||||
assoc_array.txt
|
||||
- generic associative array intro.
|
||||
atomic_ops.txt
|
||||
- semantics and behavior of atomic and bitmask operations.
|
||||
auxdisplay/
|
||||
- misc. LCD driver documentation (cfag12864b, ks0108).
|
||||
backlight/
|
||||
- directory with info on controlling backlights in flat panel displays
|
||||
bad_memory.txt
|
||||
- how to use kernel parameters to exclude bad RAM regions.
|
||||
basic_profiling.txt
|
||||
- basic instructions for those who wants to profile Linux kernel.
|
||||
bcache.txt
|
||||
- Block-layer cache on fast SSDs to improve slow (raid) I/O performance.
|
||||
binfmt_misc.txt
|
||||
- info on the kernel support for extra binary formats.
|
||||
blackfin/
|
||||
- directory with documentation for the Blackfin arch.
|
||||
block/
|
||||
- info on the Block I/O (BIO) layer.
|
||||
blockdev/
|
||||
- info on block devices & drivers
|
||||
braille-console.txt
|
||||
- info on how to use serial devices for Braille support.
|
||||
bt8xxgpio.txt
|
||||
- info on how to modify a bt8xx video card for GPIO usage.
|
||||
btmrvl.txt
|
||||
- info on Marvell Bluetooth driver usage.
|
||||
bus-devices/
|
||||
- directory with info on TI GPMC (General Purpose Memory Controller)
|
||||
bus-virt-phys-mapping.txt
|
||||
- how to access I/O mapped memory from within device drivers.
|
||||
cachetlb.txt
|
||||
- describes the cache/TLB flushing interfaces Linux uses.
|
||||
cdrom/
|
||||
- directory with information on the CD-ROM drivers that Linux has.
|
||||
cgroups/
|
||||
- cgroups features, including cpusets and memory controller.
|
||||
circular-buffers.txt
|
||||
- how to make use of the existing circular buffer infrastructure
|
||||
clk.txt
|
||||
- info on the common clock framework
|
||||
coccinelle.txt
|
||||
- info on how to get and use the Coccinelle code checking tool.
|
||||
connector/
|
||||
- docs on the netlink based userspace<->kernel space communication mod.
|
||||
console/
|
||||
- documentation on Linux console drivers.
|
||||
cpu-freq/
|
||||
- info on CPU frequency and voltage scaling.
|
||||
cpu-hotplug.txt
|
||||
- document describing CPU hotplug support in the Linux kernel.
|
||||
cpu-load.txt
|
||||
- document describing how CPU load statistics are collected.
|
||||
cpuidle/
|
||||
- info on CPU_IDLE, CPU idle state management subsystem.
|
||||
cputopology.txt
|
||||
- documentation on how CPU topology info is exported via sysfs.
|
||||
crc32.txt
|
||||
- brief tutorial on CRC computation
|
||||
cris/
|
||||
- directory with info about Linux on CRIS architecture.
|
||||
crypto/
|
||||
- directory with info on the Crypto API.
|
||||
dcdbas.txt
|
||||
- information on the Dell Systems Management Base Driver.
|
||||
debugging-modules.txt
|
||||
- some notes on debugging modules after Linux 2.6.3.
|
||||
debugging-via-ohci1394.txt
|
||||
- how to use firewire like a hardware debugger memory reader.
|
||||
dell_rbu.txt
|
||||
- document demonstrating the use of the Dell Remote BIOS Update driver.
|
||||
development-process/
|
||||
- how to work with the mainline kernel development process.
|
||||
device-mapper/
|
||||
- directory with info on Device Mapper.
|
||||
devices.txt
|
||||
- plain ASCII listing of all the nodes in /dev/ with major minor #'s.
|
||||
devicetree/
|
||||
- directory with info on device tree files used by OF/PowerPC/ARM
|
||||
digsig.txt
|
||||
-info on the Digital Signature Verification API
|
||||
dma-buf-sharing.txt
|
||||
- the DMA Buffer Sharing API Guide
|
||||
dmaengine.txt
|
||||
-the DMA Engine API Guide
|
||||
dontdiff
|
||||
- file containing a list of files that should never be diff'ed.
|
||||
driver-model/
|
||||
- directory with info about Linux driver model.
|
||||
dvb/
|
||||
- info on Linux Digital Video Broadcast (DVB) subsystem.
|
||||
dynamic-debug-howto.txt
|
||||
- how to use the dynamic debug (dyndbg) feature.
|
||||
early-userspace/
|
||||
- info about initramfs, klibc, and userspace early during boot.
|
||||
edac.txt
|
||||
- information on EDAC - Error Detection And Correction
|
||||
efi-stub.txt
|
||||
- How to use the EFI boot stub to bypass GRUB or elilo on EFI systems.
|
||||
eisa.txt
|
||||
- info on EISA bus support.
|
||||
email-clients.txt
|
||||
- info on how to use e-mail to send un-mangled (git) patches.
|
||||
extcon/
|
||||
- directory with porting guide for Android kernel switch driver.
|
||||
fault-injection/
|
||||
- dir with docs about the fault injection capabilities infrastructure.
|
||||
fb/
|
||||
- directory with info on the frame buffer graphics abstraction layer.
|
||||
filesystems/
|
||||
- info on the vfs and the various filesystems that Linux supports.
|
||||
firmware_class/
|
||||
- request_firmware() hotplug interface info.
|
||||
flexible-arrays.txt
|
||||
- how to make use of flexible sized arrays in linux
|
||||
fmc/
|
||||
- information about the FMC bus abstraction
|
||||
frv/
|
||||
- Fujitsu FR-V Linux documentation.
|
||||
futex-requeue-pi.txt
|
||||
- info on requeueing of tasks from a non-PI futex to a PI futex
|
||||
gcov.txt
|
||||
- use of GCC's coverage testing tool "gcov" with the Linux kernel
|
||||
gpio/
|
||||
- gpio related documentation
|
||||
hid/
|
||||
- directory with information on human interface devices
|
||||
highuid.txt
|
||||
- notes on the change from 16 bit to 32 bit user/group IDs.
|
||||
hwspinlock.txt
|
||||
- hardware spinlock provides hardware assistance for synchronization
|
||||
timers/
|
||||
- info on the timer related topics
|
||||
hw_random.txt
|
||||
- info on Linux support for random number generator in i8xx chipsets.
|
||||
hwmon/
|
||||
- directory with docs on various hardware monitoring drivers.
|
||||
i2c/
|
||||
- directory with info about the I2C bus/protocol (2 wire, kHz speed).
|
||||
i2o/
|
||||
- directory with info about the Linux I2O subsystem.
|
||||
x86/i386/
|
||||
- directory with info about Linux on Intel 32 bit architecture.
|
||||
ia64/
|
||||
- directory with info about Linux on Intel 64 bit architecture.
|
||||
infiniband/
|
||||
- directory with documents concerning Linux InfiniBand support.
|
||||
init.txt
|
||||
- what to do when the kernel can't find the 1st process to run.
|
||||
initrd.txt
|
||||
- how to use the RAM disk as an initial/temporary root filesystem.
|
||||
input/
|
||||
- info on Linux input device support.
|
||||
intel_txt.txt
|
||||
- info on intel Trusted Execution Technology (intel TXT).
|
||||
io-mapping.txt
|
||||
- description of io_mapping functions in linux/io-mapping.h
|
||||
io_ordering.txt
|
||||
- info on ordering I/O writes to memory-mapped addresses.
|
||||
ioctl/
|
||||
- directory with documents describing various IOCTL calls.
|
||||
iostats.txt
|
||||
- info on I/O statistics Linux kernel provides.
|
||||
irqflags-tracing.txt
|
||||
- how to use the irq-flags tracing feature.
|
||||
isapnp.txt
|
||||
- info on Linux ISA Plug & Play support.
|
||||
isdn/
|
||||
- directory with info on the Linux ISDN support, and supported cards.
|
||||
java.txt
|
||||
- info on the in-kernel binary support for Java(tm).
|
||||
ja_JP/
|
||||
- directory with Japanese translations of various documents
|
||||
kbuild/
|
||||
- directory with info about the kernel build process.
|
||||
kdump/
|
||||
- directory with mini HowTo on getting the crash dump code to work.
|
||||
kernel-doc-nano-HOWTO.txt
|
||||
- mini HowTo on generation and location of kernel documentation files.
|
||||
kernel-docs.txt
|
||||
- listing of various WWW + books that document kernel internals.
|
||||
kernel-parameters.txt
|
||||
- summary listing of command line / boot prompt args for the kernel.
|
||||
kernel-per-CPU-kthreads.txt
|
||||
- List of all per-CPU kthreads and how they introduce jitter.
|
||||
kmemcheck.txt
|
||||
- info on dynamic checker that detects uses of uninitialized memory.
|
||||
kmemleak.txt
|
||||
- info on how to make use of the kernel memory leak detection system
|
||||
ko_KR/
|
||||
- directory with Korean translations of various documents
|
||||
kobject.txt
|
||||
- info of the kobject infrastructure of the Linux kernel.
|
||||
kprobes.txt
|
||||
- documents the kernel probes debugging feature.
|
||||
kref.txt
|
||||
- docs on adding reference counters (krefs) to kernel objects.
|
||||
laptops/
|
||||
- directory with laptop related info and laptop driver documentation.
|
||||
ldm.txt
|
||||
- a brief description of LDM (Windows Dynamic Disks).
|
||||
leds/
|
||||
- directory with info about LED handling under Linux.
|
||||
local_ops.txt
|
||||
- semantics and behavior of local atomic operations.
|
||||
lockdep-design.txt
|
||||
- documentation on the runtime locking correctness validator.
|
||||
lockstat.txt
|
||||
- info on collecting statistics on locks (and contention).
|
||||
lockup-watchdogs.txt
|
||||
- info on soft and hard lockup detectors (aka nmi_watchdog).
|
||||
logo.gif
|
||||
- full colour GIF image of Linux logo (penguin - Tux).
|
||||
logo.txt
|
||||
- info on creator of above logo & site to get additional images from.
|
||||
m68k/
|
||||
- directory with info about Linux on Motorola 68k architecture.
|
||||
magic-number.txt
|
||||
- list of magic numbers used to mark/protect kernel data structures.
|
||||
md.txt
|
||||
- info on boot arguments for the multiple devices driver.
|
||||
media-framework.txt
|
||||
- info on media framework, its data structures, functions and usage.
|
||||
memory-barriers.txt
|
||||
- info on Linux kernel memory barriers.
|
||||
memory-devices/
|
||||
- directory with info on parts like the Texas Instruments EMIF driver
|
||||
memory-hotplug.txt
|
||||
- Hotpluggable memory support, how to use and current status.
|
||||
metag/
|
||||
- directory with info about Linux on Meta architecture.
|
||||
mips/
|
||||
- directory with info about Linux on MIPS architecture.
|
||||
misc-devices/
|
||||
- directory with info about devices using the misc dev subsystem
|
||||
mmc/
|
||||
- directory with info about the MMC subsystem
|
||||
mn10300/
|
||||
- directory with info about the mn10300 architecture port
|
||||
module-signing.txt
|
||||
- Kernel module signing for increased security when loading modules.
|
||||
mtd/
|
||||
- directory with info about memory technology devices (flash)
|
||||
mono.txt
|
||||
- how to execute Mono-based .NET binaries with the help of BINFMT_MISC.
|
||||
mutex-design.txt
|
||||
- info on the generic mutex subsystem.
|
||||
namespaces/
|
||||
- directory with various information about namespaces
|
||||
netlabel/
|
||||
- directory with information on the NetLabel subsystem.
|
||||
networking/
|
||||
- directory with info on various aspects of networking with Linux.
|
||||
nfc/
|
||||
- directory relating info about Near Field Communications support.
|
||||
nommu-mmap.txt
|
||||
- documentation about no-mmu memory mapping support.
|
||||
numastat.txt
|
||||
- info on how to read Numa policy hit/miss statistics in sysfs.
|
||||
oops-tracing.txt
|
||||
- how to decode those nasty internal kernel error dump messages.
|
||||
padata.txt
|
||||
- An introduction to the "padata" parallel execution API
|
||||
parisc/
|
||||
- directory with info on using Linux on PA-RISC architecture.
|
||||
parport.txt
|
||||
- how to use the parallel-port driver.
|
||||
parport-lowlevel.txt
|
||||
- description and usage of the low level parallel port functions.
|
||||
pcmcia/
|
||||
- info on the Linux PCMCIA driver.
|
||||
percpu-rw-semaphore.txt
|
||||
- RCU based read-write semaphore optimized for locking for reading
|
||||
phy.txt
|
||||
- Description of the generic PHY framework.
|
||||
pi-futex.txt
|
||||
- documentation on lightweight priority inheritance futexes.
|
||||
pinctrl.txt
|
||||
- info on pinctrl subsystem and the PINMUX/PINCONF and drivers
|
||||
pnp.txt
|
||||
- Linux Plug and Play documentation.
|
||||
power/
|
||||
- directory with info on Linux PCI power management.
|
||||
powerpc/
|
||||
- directory with info on using Linux with the PowerPC.
|
||||
prctl/
|
||||
- directory with info on the priveledge control subsystem
|
||||
preempt-locking.txt
|
||||
- info on locking under a preemptive kernel.
|
||||
printk-formats.txt
|
||||
- how to get printk format specifiers right
|
||||
pps/
|
||||
- directory with information on the pulse-per-second support
|
||||
ptp/
|
||||
- directory with info on support for IEEE 1588 PTP clocks in Linux.
|
||||
pwm.txt
|
||||
- info on the pulse width modulation driver subsystem
|
||||
ramoops.txt
|
||||
- documentation of the ramoops oops/panic logging module.
|
||||
rapidio/
|
||||
- directory with info on RapidIO packet-based fabric interconnect
|
||||
rbtree.txt
|
||||
- info on what red-black trees are and what they are for.
|
||||
remoteproc.txt
|
||||
- info on how to handle remote processor (e.g. AMP) offloads/usage.
|
||||
rfkill.txt
|
||||
- info on the radio frequency kill switch subsystem/support.
|
||||
robust-futex-ABI.txt
|
||||
- documentation of the robust futex ABI.
|
||||
robust-futexes.txt
|
||||
- a description of what robust futexes are.
|
||||
rpmsg.txt
|
||||
- info on the Remote Processor Messaging (rpmsg) Framework
|
||||
rt-mutex-design.txt
|
||||
- description of the RealTime mutex implementation design.
|
||||
rt-mutex.txt
|
||||
- desc. of RT-mutex subsystem with PI (Priority Inheritance) support.
|
||||
rtc.txt
|
||||
- notes on how to use the Real Time Clock (aka CMOS clock) driver.
|
||||
s390/
|
||||
- directory with info on using Linux on the IBM S390.
|
||||
scheduler/
|
||||
- directory with info on the scheduler.
|
||||
scsi/
|
||||
- directory with info on Linux scsi support.
|
||||
security/
|
||||
- directory that contains security-related info
|
||||
serial/
|
||||
- directory with info on the low level serial API.
|
||||
serial-console.txt
|
||||
- how to set up Linux with a serial line console as the default.
|
||||
sgi-ioc4.txt
|
||||
- description of the SGI IOC4 PCI (multi function) device.
|
||||
sgi-visws.txt
|
||||
- short blurb on the SGI Visual Workstations.
|
||||
sh/
|
||||
- directory with info on porting Linux to a new architecture.
|
||||
smsc_ece1099.txt
|
||||
-info on the smsc Keyboard Scan Expansion/GPIO Expansion device.
|
||||
sound/
|
||||
- directory with info on sound card support.
|
||||
sparse.txt
|
||||
- info on how to obtain and use the sparse tool for typechecking.
|
||||
spi/
|
||||
- overview of Linux kernel Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) support.
|
||||
spinlocks.txt
|
||||
- info on using spinlocks to provide exclusive access in kernel.
|
||||
stable_api_nonsense.txt
|
||||
- info on why the kernel does not have a stable in-kernel api or abi.
|
||||
stable_kernel_rules.txt
|
||||
- rules and procedures for the -stable kernel releases.
|
||||
static-keys.txt
|
||||
- info on how static keys allow debug code in hotpaths via patching
|
||||
svga.txt
|
||||
- short guide on selecting video modes at boot via VGA BIOS.
|
||||
sysfs-rules.txt
|
||||
- How not to use sysfs.
|
||||
sysctl/
|
||||
- directory with info on the /proc/sys/* files.
|
||||
sysrq.txt
|
||||
- info on the magic SysRq key.
|
||||
target/
|
||||
- directory with info on generating TCM v4 fabric .ko modules
|
||||
this_cpu_ops.txt
|
||||
- List rationale behind and the way to use this_cpu operations.
|
||||
thermal/
|
||||
- directory with information on managing thermal issues (CPU/temp)
|
||||
trace/
|
||||
- directory with info on tracing technologies within linux
|
||||
unaligned-memory-access.txt
|
||||
- info on how to avoid arch breaking unaligned memory access in code.
|
||||
unicode.txt
|
||||
- info on the Unicode character/font mapping used in Linux.
|
||||
unshare.txt
|
||||
- description of the Linux unshare system call.
|
||||
usb/
|
||||
- directory with info regarding the Universal Serial Bus.
|
||||
vDSO/
|
||||
- directory with info regarding virtual dynamic shared objects
|
||||
vfio.txt
|
||||
- info on Virtual Function I/O used in guest/hypervisor instances.
|
||||
vgaarbiter.txt
|
||||
- info on enable/disable the legacy decoding on different VGA devices
|
||||
video-output.txt
|
||||
- sysfs class driver interface to enable/disable a video output device.
|
||||
video4linux/
|
||||
- directory with info regarding video/TV/radio cards and linux.
|
||||
virtual/
|
||||
- directory with information on the various linux virtualizations.
|
||||
vm/
|
||||
- directory with info on the Linux vm code.
|
||||
vme_api.txt
|
||||
- file relating info on the VME bus API in linux
|
||||
volatile-considered-harmful.txt
|
||||
- Why the "volatile" type class should not be used
|
||||
w1/
|
||||
- directory with documents regarding the 1-wire (w1) subsystem.
|
||||
watchdog/
|
||||
- how to auto-reboot Linux if it has "fallen and can't get up". ;-)
|
||||
wimax/
|
||||
- directory with info about Intel Wireless Wimax Connections
|
||||
workqueue.txt
|
||||
- information on the Concurrency Managed Workqueue implementation
|
||||
ww-mutex-design.txt
|
||||
- Intro to Mutex wait/would deadlock handling.s
|
||||
x86/x86_64/
|
||||
- directory with info on Linux support for AMD x86-64 (Hammer) machines.
|
||||
xtensa/
|
||||
- directory with documents relating to arch/xtensa port/implementation
|
||||
xz.txt
|
||||
- how to make use of the XZ data compression within linux kernel
|
||||
zh_CN/
|
||||
- directory with Chinese translations of various documents
|
||||
zorro.txt
|
||||
- info on writing drivers for Zorro bus devices found on Amigas.
|
87
Documentation/ABI/README
Normal file
87
Documentation/ABI/README
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
|
||||
This directory attempts to document the ABI between the Linux kernel and
|
||||
userspace, and the relative stability of these interfaces. Due to the
|
||||
everchanging nature of Linux, and the differing maturity levels, these
|
||||
interfaces should be used by userspace programs in different ways.
|
||||
|
||||
We have four different levels of ABI stability, as shown by the four
|
||||
different subdirectories in this location. Interfaces may change levels
|
||||
of stability according to the rules described below.
|
||||
|
||||
The different levels of stability are:
|
||||
|
||||
stable/
|
||||
This directory documents the interfaces that the developer has
|
||||
defined to be stable. Userspace programs are free to use these
|
||||
interfaces with no restrictions, and backward compatibility for
|
||||
them will be guaranteed for at least 2 years. Most interfaces
|
||||
(like syscalls) are expected to never change and always be
|
||||
available.
|
||||
|
||||
testing/
|
||||
This directory documents interfaces that are felt to be stable,
|
||||
as the main development of this interface has been completed.
|
||||
The interface can be changed to add new features, but the
|
||||
current interface will not break by doing this, unless grave
|
||||
errors or security problems are found in them. Userspace
|
||||
programs can start to rely on these interfaces, but they must be
|
||||
aware of changes that can occur before these interfaces move to
|
||||
be marked stable. Programs that use these interfaces are
|
||||
strongly encouraged to add their name to the description of
|
||||
these interfaces, so that the kernel developers can easily
|
||||
notify them if any changes occur (see the description of the
|
||||
layout of the files below for details on how to do this.)
|
||||
|
||||
obsolete/
|
||||
This directory documents interfaces that are still remaining in
|
||||
the kernel, but are marked to be removed at some later point in
|
||||
time. The description of the interface will document the reason
|
||||
why it is obsolete and when it can be expected to be removed.
|
||||
|
||||
removed/
|
||||
This directory contains a list of the old interfaces that have
|
||||
been removed from the kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
Every file in these directories will contain the following information:
|
||||
|
||||
What: Short description of the interface
|
||||
Date: Date created
|
||||
KernelVersion: Kernel version this feature first showed up in.
|
||||
Contact: Primary contact for this interface (may be a mailing list)
|
||||
Description: Long description of the interface and how to use it.
|
||||
Users: All users of this interface who wish to be notified when
|
||||
it changes. This is very important for interfaces in
|
||||
the "testing" stage, so that kernel developers can work
|
||||
with userspace developers to ensure that things do not
|
||||
break in ways that are unacceptable. It is also
|
||||
important to get feedback for these interfaces to make
|
||||
sure they are working in a proper way and do not need to
|
||||
be changed further.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
How things move between levels:
|
||||
|
||||
Interfaces in stable may move to obsolete, as long as the proper
|
||||
notification is given.
|
||||
|
||||
Interfaces may be removed from obsolete and the kernel as long as the
|
||||
documented amount of time has gone by.
|
||||
|
||||
Interfaces in the testing state can move to the stable state when the
|
||||
developers feel they are finished. They cannot be removed from the
|
||||
kernel tree without going through the obsolete state first.
|
||||
|
||||
It's up to the developer to place their interfaces in the category they
|
||||
wish for it to start out in.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Notable bits of non-ABI, which should not under any circumstances be considered
|
||||
stable:
|
||||
|
||||
- Kconfig. Userspace should not rely on the presence or absence of any
|
||||
particular Kconfig symbol, in /proc/config.gz, in the copy of .config
|
||||
commonly installed to /boot, or in any invocation of the kernel build
|
||||
process.
|
||||
|
||||
- Kernel-internal symbols. Do not rely on the presence, absence, location, or
|
||||
type of any kernel symbol, either in System.map files or the kernel binary
|
||||
itself. See Documentation/stable_api_nonsense.txt.
|
@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
||||
What: /proc/sys/vm/nr_pdflush_threads
|
||||
Date: June 2012
|
||||
Contact: Wanpeng Li <liwp@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
|
||||
Description: Since pdflush is replaced by per-BDI flusher, the interface of old pdflush
|
||||
exported in /proc/sys/vm/ should be removed.
|
31
Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-bus-usb
Normal file
31
Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-bus-usb
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/level
|
||||
Date: March 2007
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.21
|
||||
Contact: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Each USB device directory will contain a file named
|
||||
power/level. This file holds a power-level setting for
|
||||
the device, either "on" or "auto".
|
||||
|
||||
"on" means that the device is not allowed to autosuspend,
|
||||
although normal suspends for system sleep will still
|
||||
be honored. "auto" means the device will autosuspend
|
||||
and autoresume in the usual manner, according to the
|
||||
capabilities of its driver.
|
||||
|
||||
During normal use, devices should be left in the "auto"
|
||||
level. The "on" level is meant for administrative uses.
|
||||
If you want to suspend a device immediately but leave it
|
||||
free to wake up in response to I/O requests, you should
|
||||
write "0" to power/autosuspend.
|
||||
|
||||
Device not capable of proper suspend and resume should be
|
||||
left in the "on" level. Although the USB spec requires
|
||||
devices to support suspend/resume, many of them do not.
|
||||
In fact so many don't that by default, the USB core
|
||||
initializes all non-hub devices in the "on" level. Some
|
||||
drivers may change this setting when they are bound.
|
||||
|
||||
This file is deprecated and will be removed after 2010.
|
||||
Use the power/control file instead; it does exactly the
|
||||
same thing.
|
29
Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-rfkill
Normal file
29
Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-rfkill
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
|
||||
rfkill - radio frequency (RF) connector kill switch support
|
||||
|
||||
For details to this subsystem look at Documentation/rfkill.txt.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/state
|
||||
Date: 09-Jul-2007
|
||||
KernelVersion v2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description: Current state of the transmitter.
|
||||
This file is deprecated and scheduled to be removed in 2014,
|
||||
because its not possible to express the 'soft and hard block'
|
||||
state of the rfkill driver.
|
||||
Values: A numeric value.
|
||||
0: RFKILL_STATE_SOFT_BLOCKED
|
||||
transmitter is turned off by software
|
||||
1: RFKILL_STATE_UNBLOCKED
|
||||
transmitter is (potentially) active
|
||||
2: RFKILL_STATE_HARD_BLOCKED
|
||||
transmitter is forced off by something outside of
|
||||
the driver's control.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/claim
|
||||
Date: 09-Jul-2007
|
||||
KernelVersion v2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description: This file is deprecated because there no longer is a way to
|
||||
claim just control over a single rfkill instance.
|
||||
This file is scheduled to be removed in 2012.
|
||||
Values: 0: Kernel handles events
|
48
Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus
Normal file
48
Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/startup_profile
|
||||
Date: October 2010
|
||||
Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
|
||||
Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 0-4.
|
||||
When read, this attribute returns the number of the actual
|
||||
profile. This value is persistent, so its equivalent to the
|
||||
profile that's active when the mouse is powered on next time.
|
||||
When written, this file sets the number of the startup profile
|
||||
and the mouse activates this profile immediately.
|
||||
Please use actual_profile, it does the same thing.
|
||||
Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/firmware_version
|
||||
Date: October 2010
|
||||
Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
|
||||
Description: When read, this file returns the raw integer version number of the
|
||||
firmware reported by the mouse. Using the integer value eases
|
||||
further usage in other programs. To receive the real version
|
||||
number the decimal point has to be shifted 2 positions to the
|
||||
left. E.g. a returned value of 121 means 1.21
|
||||
This file is readonly.
|
||||
Please read binary attribute info which contains firmware version.
|
||||
Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/profile[1-5]_buttons
|
||||
Date: August 2010
|
||||
Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
|
||||
Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
|
||||
press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
|
||||
profile_buttons holds information about button layout.
|
||||
When read, these files return the respective profile buttons.
|
||||
The returned data is 77 bytes in size.
|
||||
This file is readonly.
|
||||
Write control to select profile and read profile_buttons instead.
|
||||
Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/profile[1-5]_settings
|
||||
Date: August 2010
|
||||
Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
|
||||
Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
|
||||
press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
|
||||
profile_settings holds information like resolution, sensitivity
|
||||
and light effects.
|
||||
When read, these files return the respective profile settings.
|
||||
The returned data is 43 bytes in size.
|
||||
This file is readonly.
|
||||
Write control to select profile and read profile_settings instead.
|
||||
Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
|
66
Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kovaplus
Normal file
66
Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kovaplus
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/actual_cpi
|
||||
Date: January 2011
|
||||
Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
|
||||
Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 1-4.
|
||||
When read, this attribute returns the number of the active
|
||||
cpi level.
|
||||
This file is readonly.
|
||||
Has never been used. If bookkeeping is done, it's done in userland tools.
|
||||
Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/actual_sensitivity_x
|
||||
Date: January 2011
|
||||
Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
|
||||
Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 1-10.
|
||||
When read, this attribute returns the number of the actual
|
||||
sensitivity in x direction.
|
||||
This file is readonly.
|
||||
Has never been used. If bookkeeping is done, it's done in userland tools.
|
||||
Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/actual_sensitivity_y
|
||||
Date: January 2011
|
||||
Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
|
||||
Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 1-10.
|
||||
When read, this attribute returns the number of the actual
|
||||
sensitivity in y direction.
|
||||
This file is readonly.
|
||||
Has never been used. If bookkeeping is done, it's done in userland tools.
|
||||
Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/firmware_version
|
||||
Date: January 2011
|
||||
Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
|
||||
Description: When read, this file returns the raw integer version number of the
|
||||
firmware reported by the mouse. Using the integer value eases
|
||||
further usage in other programs. To receive the real version
|
||||
number the decimal point has to be shifted 2 positions to the
|
||||
left. E.g. a returned value of 121 means 1.21
|
||||
This file is readonly.
|
||||
Obsoleted by binary sysfs attribute "info".
|
||||
Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/profile[1-5]_buttons
|
||||
Date: January 2011
|
||||
Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
|
||||
Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
|
||||
press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
|
||||
profile_buttons holds information about button layout.
|
||||
When read, these files return the respective profile buttons.
|
||||
The returned data is 23 bytes in size.
|
||||
This file is readonly.
|
||||
Write control to select profile and read profile_buttons instead.
|
||||
Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/profile[1-5]_settings
|
||||
Date: January 2011
|
||||
Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
|
||||
Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
|
||||
press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
|
||||
profile_settings holds information like resolution, sensitivity
|
||||
and light effects.
|
||||
When read, these files return the respective profile settings.
|
||||
The returned data is 16 bytes in size.
|
||||
This file is readonly.
|
||||
Write control to select profile and read profile_settings instead.
|
||||
Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
|
73
Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra
Normal file
73
Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/actual_cpi
|
||||
Date: August 2010
|
||||
Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
|
||||
Description: It is possible to switch the cpi setting of the mouse with the
|
||||
press of a button.
|
||||
When read, this file returns the raw number of the actual cpi
|
||||
setting reported by the mouse. This number has to be further
|
||||
processed to receive the real dpi value.
|
||||
|
||||
VALUE DPI
|
||||
1 400
|
||||
2 800
|
||||
4 1600
|
||||
|
||||
This file is readonly.
|
||||
Has never been used. If bookkeeping is done, it's done in userland tools.
|
||||
Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/actual_profile
|
||||
Date: August 2010
|
||||
Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
|
||||
Description: When read, this file returns the number of the actual profile in
|
||||
range 0-4.
|
||||
This file is readonly.
|
||||
Please use binary attribute "settings" which provides this information.
|
||||
Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/firmware_version
|
||||
Date: August 2010
|
||||
Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
|
||||
Description: When read, this file returns the raw integer version number of the
|
||||
firmware reported by the mouse. Using the integer value eases
|
||||
further usage in other programs. To receive the real version
|
||||
number the decimal point has to be shifted 2 positions to the
|
||||
left. E.g. a returned value of 138 means 1.38
|
||||
This file is readonly.
|
||||
Please use binary attribute "info" which provides this information.
|
||||
Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/profile[1-5]_buttons
|
||||
Date: August 2010
|
||||
Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
|
||||
Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
|
||||
press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
|
||||
profile_buttons holds information about button layout.
|
||||
When read, these files return the respective profile buttons.
|
||||
The returned data is 19 bytes in size.
|
||||
This file is readonly.
|
||||
Write control to select profile and read profile_buttons instead.
|
||||
Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/profile[1-5]_settings
|
||||
Date: August 2010
|
||||
Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
|
||||
Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
|
||||
press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
|
||||
profile_settings holds information like resolution, sensitivity
|
||||
and light effects.
|
||||
When read, these files return the respective profile settings.
|
||||
The returned data is 13 bytes in size.
|
||||
This file is readonly.
|
||||
Write control to select profile and read profile_settings instead.
|
||||
Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/startup_profile
|
||||
Date: August 2010
|
||||
Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
|
||||
Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 0-4.
|
||||
When read, this attribute returns the number of the profile
|
||||
that's active when the mouse is powered on.
|
||||
This file is readonly.
|
||||
Please use binary attribute "settings" which provides this information.
|
||||
Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
|
12
Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs
Normal file
12
Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
|
||||
What: devfs
|
||||
Date: July 2005 (scheduled), finally removed in kernel v2.6.18
|
||||
Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
devfs has been unmaintained for a number of years, has unfixable
|
||||
races, contains a naming policy within the kernel that is
|
||||
against the LSB, and can be replaced by using udev.
|
||||
The files fs/devfs/*, include/linux/devfs_fs*.h were removed,
|
||||
along with the assorted devfs function calls throughout the
|
||||
kernel tree.
|
||||
|
||||
Users:
|
14
Documentation/ABI/removed/dv1394
Normal file
14
Documentation/ABI/removed/dv1394
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
|
||||
What: dv1394 (a.k.a. "OHCI-DV I/O support" for FireWire)
|
||||
Date: May 2010 (scheduled), finally removed in kernel v2.6.37
|
||||
Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
/dev/dv1394/* were character device files, one for each FireWire
|
||||
controller and for NTSC and PAL respectively, from which DV data
|
||||
could be received by read() or transmitted by write(). A few
|
||||
ioctl()s allowed limited control.
|
||||
This special-purpose interface has been superseded by libraw1394 +
|
||||
libiec61883 which are functionally equivalent, support HDV, and
|
||||
transparently work on top of the newer firewire kernel drivers.
|
||||
|
||||
Users:
|
||||
ffmpeg/libavformat (if configured for DV1394)
|
9
Documentation/ABI/removed/ip_queue
Normal file
9
Documentation/ABI/removed/ip_queue
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
|
||||
What: ip_queue
|
||||
Date: finally removed in kernel v3.5.0
|
||||
Contact: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
ip_queue has been replaced by nfnetlink_queue which provides
|
||||
more advanced queueing mechanism to user-space. The ip_queue
|
||||
module was already announced to become obsolete years ago.
|
||||
|
||||
Users:
|
10
Documentation/ABI/removed/o2cb
Normal file
10
Documentation/ABI/removed/o2cb
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/o2cb symlink
|
||||
Date: May 2011
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.0
|
||||
Contact: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com
|
||||
Description: This is a symlink: /sys/o2cb to /sys/fs/o2cb. The symlink is
|
||||
removed when new versions of ocfs2-tools which know to look
|
||||
in /sys/fs/o2cb are sufficiently prevalent. Don't code new
|
||||
software to look here, it should try /sys/fs/o2cb instead.
|
||||
Users: ocfs2-tools. It's sufficient to mail proposed changes to
|
||||
ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com.
|
15
Documentation/ABI/removed/raw1394
Normal file
15
Documentation/ABI/removed/raw1394
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
||||
What: raw1394 (a.k.a. "Raw IEEE1394 I/O support" for FireWire)
|
||||
Date: May 2010 (scheduled), finally removed in kernel v2.6.37
|
||||
Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
/dev/raw1394 was a character device file that allowed low-level
|
||||
access to FireWire buses. Its major drawbacks were its inability
|
||||
to implement sensible device security policies, and its low level
|
||||
of abstraction that required userspace clients to duplicate much
|
||||
of the kernel's ieee1394 core functionality.
|
||||
Replaced by /dev/fw*, i.e. the <linux/firewire-cdev.h> ABI of
|
||||
firewire-core.
|
||||
|
||||
Users:
|
||||
libraw1394 (works with firewire-cdev too, transparent to library ABI
|
||||
users)
|
16
Documentation/ABI/removed/video1394
Normal file
16
Documentation/ABI/removed/video1394
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
|
||||
What: video1394 (a.k.a. "OHCI-1394 Video support" for FireWire)
|
||||
Date: May 2010 (scheduled), finally removed in kernel v2.6.37
|
||||
Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
/dev/video1394/* were character device files, one for each FireWire
|
||||
controller, which were used for isochronous I/O. It was added as an
|
||||
alternative to raw1394's isochronous I/O functionality which had
|
||||
performance issues in its first generation. Any video1394 user had
|
||||
to use raw1394 + libraw1394 too because video1394 did not provide
|
||||
asynchronous I/O for device discovery and configuration.
|
||||
Replaced by /dev/fw*, i.e. the <linux/firewire-cdev.h> ABI of
|
||||
firewire-core.
|
||||
|
||||
Users:
|
||||
libdc1394 (works with firewire-cdev too, transparent to library ABI
|
||||
users)
|
103
Documentation/ABI/stable/firewire-cdev
Normal file
103
Documentation/ABI/stable/firewire-cdev
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
|
||||
What: /dev/fw[0-9]+
|
||||
Date: May 2007
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The character device files /dev/fw* are the interface between
|
||||
firewire-core and IEEE 1394 device drivers implemented in
|
||||
userspace. The ioctl(2)- and read(2)-based ABI is defined and
|
||||
documented in <linux/firewire-cdev.h>.
|
||||
|
||||
This ABI offers most of the features which firewire-core also
|
||||
exposes to kernelspace IEEE 1394 drivers.
|
||||
|
||||
Each /dev/fw* is associated with one IEEE 1394 node, which can
|
||||
be remote or local nodes. Operations on a /dev/fw* file have
|
||||
different scope:
|
||||
- The 1394 node which is associated with the file:
|
||||
- Asynchronous request transmission
|
||||
- Get the Configuration ROM
|
||||
- Query node ID
|
||||
- Query maximum speed of the path between this node
|
||||
and local node
|
||||
- The 1394 bus (i.e. "card") to which the node is attached to:
|
||||
- Isochronous stream transmission and reception
|
||||
- Asynchronous stream transmission and reception
|
||||
- Asynchronous broadcast request transmission
|
||||
- PHY packet transmission and reception
|
||||
- Allocate, reallocate, deallocate isochronous
|
||||
resources (channels, bandwidth) at the bus's IRM
|
||||
- Query node IDs of local node, root node, IRM, bus
|
||||
manager
|
||||
- Query cycle time
|
||||
- Bus reset initiation, bus reset event reception
|
||||
- All 1394 buses:
|
||||
- Allocation of IEEE 1212 address ranges on the local
|
||||
link layers, reception of inbound requests to such
|
||||
an address range, asynchronous response transmission
|
||||
to inbound requests
|
||||
- Addition of descriptors or directories to the local
|
||||
nodes' Configuration ROM
|
||||
|
||||
Due to the different scope of operations and in order to let
|
||||
userland implement different access permission models, some
|
||||
operations are restricted to /dev/fw* files that are associated
|
||||
with a local node:
|
||||
- Addition of descriptors or directories to the local
|
||||
nodes' Configuration ROM
|
||||
- PHY packet transmission and reception
|
||||
|
||||
A /dev/fw* file remains associated with one particular node
|
||||
during its entire life time. Bus topology changes, and hence
|
||||
node ID changes, are tracked by firewire-core. ABI users do not
|
||||
need to be aware of topology.
|
||||
|
||||
The following file operations are supported:
|
||||
|
||||
open(2)
|
||||
Currently the only useful flags are O_RDWR.
|
||||
|
||||
ioctl(2)
|
||||
Initiate various actions. Some take immediate effect, others
|
||||
are performed asynchronously while or after the ioctl returns.
|
||||
See the inline documentation in <linux/firewire-cdev.h> for
|
||||
descriptions of all ioctls.
|
||||
|
||||
poll(2), select(2), epoll_wait(2) etc.
|
||||
Watch for events to become available to be read.
|
||||
|
||||
read(2)
|
||||
Receive various events. There are solicited events like
|
||||
outbound asynchronous transaction completion or isochronous
|
||||
buffer completion, and unsolicited events such as bus resets,
|
||||
request reception, or PHY packet reception. Always use a read
|
||||
buffer which is large enough to receive the largest event that
|
||||
could ever arrive. See <linux/firewire-cdev.h> for descriptions
|
||||
of all event types and for which ioctls affect reception of
|
||||
events.
|
||||
|
||||
mmap(2)
|
||||
Allocate a DMA buffer for isochronous reception or transmission
|
||||
and map it into the process address space. The arguments should
|
||||
be used as follows: addr = NULL, length = the desired buffer
|
||||
size, i.e. number of packets times size of largest packet,
|
||||
prot = at least PROT_READ for reception and at least PROT_WRITE
|
||||
for transmission, flags = MAP_SHARED, fd = the handle to the
|
||||
/dev/fw*, offset = 0.
|
||||
|
||||
Isochronous reception works in packet-per-buffer fashion except
|
||||
for multichannel reception which works in buffer-fill mode.
|
||||
|
||||
munmap(2)
|
||||
Unmap the isochronous I/O buffer from the process address space.
|
||||
|
||||
close(2)
|
||||
Besides stopping and freeing I/O contexts that were associated
|
||||
with the file descriptor, back out any changes to the local
|
||||
nodes' Configuration ROM. Deallocate isochronous channels and
|
||||
bandwidth at the IRM that were marked for kernel-assisted
|
||||
re- and deallocation.
|
||||
|
||||
Users: libraw1394
|
||||
libdc1394
|
||||
tools like jujuutils, fwhack, ...
|
10
Documentation/ABI/stable/o2cb
Normal file
10
Documentation/ABI/stable/o2cb
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/fs/o2cb/ (was /sys/o2cb)
|
||||
Date: Dec 2005
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.16
|
||||
Contact: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com
|
||||
Description: Ocfs2-tools looks at 'interface-revision' for versioning
|
||||
information. Each logmask/ file controls a set of debug prints
|
||||
and can be written into with the strings "allow", "deny", or
|
||||
"off". Reading the file returns the current state.
|
||||
Users: ocfs2-tools. It's sufficient to mail proposed changes to
|
||||
ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com.
|
10
Documentation/ABI/stable/syscalls
Normal file
10
Documentation/ABI/stable/syscalls
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
|
||||
What: The kernel syscall interface
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
This interface matches much of the POSIX interface and is based
|
||||
on it and other Unix based interfaces. It will only be added to
|
||||
over time, and not have things removed from it.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that this interface is different for every architecture
|
||||
that Linux supports. Please see the architecture-specific
|
||||
documentation for details on the syscall numbers that are to be
|
||||
mapped to each syscall.
|
22
Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-acpi-pmprofile
Normal file
22
Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-acpi-pmprofile
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/firmware/acpi/pm_profile
|
||||
Date: 03-Nov-2011
|
||||
KernelVersion: v3.2
|
||||
Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description: The ACPI pm_profile sysfs interface exports the platform
|
||||
power management (and performance) requirement expectations
|
||||
as provided by BIOS. The integer value is directly passed as
|
||||
retrieved from the FADT ACPI table.
|
||||
Values: For possible values see ACPI specification:
|
||||
5.2.9 Fixed ACPI Description Table (FADT)
|
||||
Field: Preferred_PM_Profile
|
||||
|
||||
Currently these values are defined by spec:
|
||||
0 Unspecified
|
||||
1 Desktop
|
||||
2 Mobile
|
||||
3 Workstation
|
||||
4 Enterprise Server
|
||||
5 SOHO Server
|
||||
6 Appliance PC
|
||||
7 Performance Server
|
||||
>7 Reserved
|
133
Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-firewire
Normal file
133
Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-firewire
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/firewire/devices/fw[0-9]+/
|
||||
Date: May 2007
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
IEEE 1394 node device attributes.
|
||||
Read-only. Mutable during the node device's lifetime.
|
||||
See IEEE 1212 for semantic definitions.
|
||||
|
||||
config_rom
|
||||
Contents of the Configuration ROM register.
|
||||
Binary attribute; an array of host-endian u32.
|
||||
|
||||
guid
|
||||
The node's EUI-64 in the bus information block of
|
||||
Configuration ROM.
|
||||
Hexadecimal string representation of an u64.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/firewire/devices/fw[0-9]+/units
|
||||
Date: June 2009
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.31
|
||||
Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
IEEE 1394 node device attribute.
|
||||
Read-only. Mutable during the node device's lifetime.
|
||||
See IEEE 1212 for semantic definitions.
|
||||
|
||||
units
|
||||
Summary of all units present in an IEEE 1394 node.
|
||||
Contains space-separated tuples of specifier_id and
|
||||
version of each unit present in the node. Specifier_id
|
||||
and version are hexadecimal string representations of
|
||||
u24 of the respective unit directory entries.
|
||||
Specifier_id and version within each tuple are separated
|
||||
by a colon.
|
||||
|
||||
Users: udev rules to set ownership and access permissions or ACLs of
|
||||
/dev/fw[0-9]+ character device files
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/firewire/devices/fw[0-9]+/is_local
|
||||
Date: July 2012
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.6
|
||||
Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
IEEE 1394 node device attribute.
|
||||
Read-only and immutable.
|
||||
Values: 1: The sysfs entry represents a local node (a controller card).
|
||||
0: The sysfs entry represents a remote node.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/firewire/devices/fw[0-9]+[.][0-9]+/
|
||||
Date: May 2007
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
IEEE 1394 unit device attributes.
|
||||
Read-only. Immutable during the unit device's lifetime.
|
||||
See IEEE 1212 for semantic definitions.
|
||||
|
||||
modalias
|
||||
Same as MODALIAS in the uevent at device creation.
|
||||
|
||||
rom_index
|
||||
Offset of the unit directory within the parent device's
|
||||
(node device's) Configuration ROM, in quadlets.
|
||||
Decimal string representation.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/firewire/devices/*/
|
||||
Date: May 2007
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Attributes common to IEEE 1394 node devices and unit devices.
|
||||
Read-only. Mutable during the node device's lifetime.
|
||||
Immutable during the unit device's lifetime.
|
||||
See IEEE 1212 for semantic definitions.
|
||||
|
||||
These attributes are only created if the root directory of an
|
||||
IEEE 1394 node or the unit directory of an IEEE 1394 unit
|
||||
actually contains according entries.
|
||||
|
||||
hardware_version
|
||||
Hexadecimal string representation of an u24.
|
||||
|
||||
hardware_version_name
|
||||
Contents of a respective textual descriptor leaf.
|
||||
|
||||
model
|
||||
Hexadecimal string representation of an u24.
|
||||
|
||||
model_name
|
||||
Contents of a respective textual descriptor leaf.
|
||||
|
||||
specifier_id
|
||||
Hexadecimal string representation of an u24.
|
||||
Mandatory in unit directories according to IEEE 1212.
|
||||
|
||||
vendor
|
||||
Hexadecimal string representation of an u24.
|
||||
Mandatory in the root directory according to IEEE 1212.
|
||||
|
||||
vendor_name
|
||||
Contents of a respective textual descriptor leaf.
|
||||
|
||||
version
|
||||
Hexadecimal string representation of an u24.
|
||||
Mandatory in unit directories according to IEEE 1212.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/firewire/drivers/sbp2/fw*/host*/target*/*:*:*:*/ieee1394_id
|
||||
formerly
|
||||
/sys/bus/ieee1394/drivers/sbp2/fw*/host*/target*/*:*:*:*/ieee1394_id
|
||||
Date: Feb 2004
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.4
|
||||
Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
SCSI target port identifier and logical unit identifier of a
|
||||
logical unit of an SBP-2 target. The identifiers are specified
|
||||
in SAM-2...SAM-4 annex A. They are persistent and world-wide
|
||||
unique properties the SBP-2 attached target.
|
||||
|
||||
Read-only attribute, immutable during the target's lifetime.
|
||||
Format, as exposed by firewire-sbp2 since 2.6.22, May 2007:
|
||||
Colon-separated hexadecimal string representations of
|
||||
u64 EUI-64 : u24 directory_ID : u16 LUN
|
||||
without 0x prefixes, without whitespace. The former sbp2 driver
|
||||
(removed in 2.6.37 after being superseded by firewire-sbp2) used
|
||||
a somewhat shorter format which was not as close to SAM.
|
||||
|
||||
Users: udev rules to create /dev/disk/by-id/ symlinks
|
142
Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-usb
Normal file
142
Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-usb
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/persist
|
||||
Date: May 2007
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.23
|
||||
Contact: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
If CONFIG_USB_PERSIST is set, then each USB device directory
|
||||
will contain a file named power/persist. The file holds a
|
||||
boolean value (0 or 1) indicating whether or not the
|
||||
"USB-Persist" facility is enabled for the device. Since the
|
||||
facility is inherently dangerous, it is disabled by default
|
||||
for all devices except hubs. For more information, see
|
||||
Documentation/usb/persist.txt.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/autosuspend
|
||||
Date: March 2007
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.21
|
||||
Contact: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Each USB device directory will contain a file named
|
||||
power/autosuspend. This file holds the time (in seconds)
|
||||
the device must be idle before it will be autosuspended.
|
||||
0 means the device will be autosuspended as soon as
|
||||
possible. Negative values will prevent the device from
|
||||
being autosuspended at all, and writing a negative value
|
||||
will resume the device if it is already suspended.
|
||||
|
||||
The autosuspend delay for newly-created devices is set to
|
||||
the value of the usbcore.autosuspend module parameter.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../power/connected_duration
|
||||
Date: January 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.25
|
||||
Contact: Sarah Sharp <sarah.a.sharp@intel.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
If CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME is enabled then this file
|
||||
is present. When read, it returns the total time (in msec)
|
||||
that the USB device has been connected to the machine. This
|
||||
file is read-only.
|
||||
Users:
|
||||
PowerTOP <powertop@lists.01.org>
|
||||
https://01.org/powertop/
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../power/active_duration
|
||||
Date: January 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.25
|
||||
Contact: Sarah Sharp <sarah.a.sharp@intel.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
If CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME is enabled then this file
|
||||
is present. When read, it returns the total time (in msec)
|
||||
that the USB device has been active, i.e. not in a suspended
|
||||
state. This file is read-only.
|
||||
|
||||
Tools can use this file and the connected_duration file to
|
||||
compute the percentage of time that a device has been active.
|
||||
For example,
|
||||
echo $((100 * `cat active_duration` / `cat connected_duration`))
|
||||
will give an integer percentage. Note that this does not
|
||||
account for counter wrap.
|
||||
Users:
|
||||
PowerTOP <powertop@lists.01.org>
|
||||
https://01.org/powertop/
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<port[.port]>...:<config num>-<interface num>/supports_autosuspend
|
||||
Date: January 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.27
|
||||
Contact: Sarah Sharp <sarah.a.sharp@intel.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
When read, this file returns 1 if the interface driver
|
||||
for this interface supports autosuspend. It also
|
||||
returns 1 if no driver has claimed this interface, as an
|
||||
unclaimed interface will not stop the device from being
|
||||
autosuspended if all other interface drivers are idle.
|
||||
The file returns 0 if autosuspend support has not been
|
||||
added to the driver.
|
||||
Users:
|
||||
USB PM tool
|
||||
git://git.moblin.org/users/sarah/usb-pm-tool/
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../avoid_reset_quirk
|
||||
Date: December 2009
|
||||
Contact: Oliver Neukum <oliver@neukum.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Writing 1 to this file tells the kernel that this
|
||||
device will morph into another mode when it is reset.
|
||||
Drivers will not use reset for error handling for
|
||||
such devices.
|
||||
Users:
|
||||
usb_modeswitch
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../devnum
|
||||
KernelVersion: since at least 2.6.18
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Device address on the USB bus.
|
||||
Users:
|
||||
libusb
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../bConfigurationValue
|
||||
KernelVersion: since at least 2.6.18
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
bConfigurationValue of the *active* configuration for the
|
||||
device. Writing 0 or -1 to bConfigurationValue will reset the
|
||||
active configuration (unconfigure the device). Writing
|
||||
another value will change the active configuration.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that some devices, in violation of the USB spec, have a
|
||||
configuration with a value equal to 0. Writing 0 to
|
||||
bConfigurationValue for these devices will install that
|
||||
configuration, rather then unconfigure the device.
|
||||
|
||||
Writing -1 will always unconfigure the device.
|
||||
Users:
|
||||
libusb
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../busnum
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Bus-number of the USB-bus the device is connected to.
|
||||
Users:
|
||||
libusb
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../descriptors
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Binary file containing cached descriptors of the device. The
|
||||
binary data consists of the device descriptor followed by the
|
||||
descriptors for each configuration of the device.
|
||||
Note that the wTotalLength of the config descriptors can not
|
||||
be trusted, as the device may have a smaller config descriptor
|
||||
than it advertises. The bLength field of each (sub) descriptor
|
||||
can be trusted, and can be used to seek forward one (sub)
|
||||
descriptor at a time until the next config descriptor is found.
|
||||
All descriptors read from this file are in bus-endian format
|
||||
Users:
|
||||
libusb
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../speed
|
||||
KernelVersion: since at least 2.6.18
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Speed the device is connected with to the usb-host in
|
||||
Mbit / second. IE one of 1.5 / 12 / 480 / 5000.
|
||||
Users:
|
||||
libusb
|
75
Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-xen-backend
Normal file
75
Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-xen-backend
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/*/devtype
|
||||
Date: Feb 2009
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.38
|
||||
Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The type of the device. e.g., one of: 'vbd' (block),
|
||||
'vif' (network), or 'vfb' (framebuffer).
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/*/nodename
|
||||
Date: Feb 2009
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.38
|
||||
Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
XenStore node (under /local/domain/NNN/) for this
|
||||
backend device.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/vbd-*/physical_device
|
||||
Date: April 2011
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.0
|
||||
Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The major:minor number (in hexidecimal) of the
|
||||
physical device providing the storage for this backend
|
||||
block device.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/vbd-*/mode
|
||||
Date: April 2011
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.0
|
||||
Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Whether the block device is read-only ('r') or
|
||||
read-write ('w').
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/vbd-*/statistics/f_req
|
||||
Date: April 2011
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.0
|
||||
Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Number of flush requests from the frontend.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/vbd-*/statistics/oo_req
|
||||
Date: April 2011
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.0
|
||||
Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Number of requests delayed because the backend was too
|
||||
busy processing previous requests.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/vbd-*/statistics/rd_req
|
||||
Date: April 2011
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.0
|
||||
Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Number of read requests from the frontend.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/vbd-*/statistics/rd_sect
|
||||
Date: April 2011
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.0
|
||||
Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Number of sectors read by the frontend.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/vbd-*/statistics/wr_req
|
||||
Date: April 2011
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.0
|
||||
Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Number of write requests from the frontend.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/vbd-*/statistics/wr_sect
|
||||
Date: April 2011
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.0
|
||||
Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Number of sectors written by the frontend.
|
56
Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight
Normal file
56
Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/bl_power
|
||||
Date: April 2005
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.12
|
||||
Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Control BACKLIGHT power, values are FB_BLANK_* from fb.h
|
||||
- FB_BLANK_UNBLANK (0) : power on.
|
||||
- FB_BLANK_POWERDOWN (4) : power off
|
||||
Users: HAL
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/brightness
|
||||
Date: April 2005
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.12
|
||||
Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Control the brightness for this <backlight>. Values
|
||||
are between 0 and max_brightness. This file will also
|
||||
show the brightness level stored in the driver, which
|
||||
may not be the actual brightness (see actual_brightness).
|
||||
Users: HAL
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/actual_brightness
|
||||
Date: March 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.17
|
||||
Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Show the actual brightness by querying the hardware.
|
||||
Users: HAL
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/max_brightness
|
||||
Date: April 2005
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.12
|
||||
Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Maximum brightness for <backlight>.
|
||||
Users: HAL
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/type
|
||||
Date: September 2010
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.37
|
||||
Contact: Matthew Garrett <mjg@redhat.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The type of interface controlled by <backlight>.
|
||||
"firmware": The driver uses a standard firmware interface
|
||||
"platform": The driver uses a platform-specific interface
|
||||
"raw": The driver controls hardware registers directly
|
||||
|
||||
In the general case, when multiple backlight
|
||||
interfaces are available for a single device, firmware
|
||||
control should be preferred to platform control should
|
||||
be preferred to raw control. Using a firmware
|
||||
interface reduces the probability of confusion with
|
||||
the hardware and the OS independently updating the
|
||||
backlight state. Platform interfaces are mostly a
|
||||
holdover from pre-standardisation of firmware
|
||||
interfaces.
|
67
Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-rfkill
Normal file
67
Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-rfkill
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
|
||||
rfkill - radio frequency (RF) connector kill switch support
|
||||
|
||||
For details to this subsystem look at Documentation/rfkill.txt.
|
||||
|
||||
For the deprecated /sys/class/rfkill/*/state and
|
||||
/sys/class/rfkill/*/claim knobs of this interface look in
|
||||
Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-rfkill.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/rfkill
|
||||
Date: 09-Jul-2007
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org,
|
||||
Description: The rfkill class subsystem folder.
|
||||
Each registered rfkill driver is represented by an rfkillX
|
||||
subfolder (X being an integer > 0).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/name
|
||||
Date: 09-Jul-2007
|
||||
KernelVersion v2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description: Name assigned by driver to this key (interface or driver name).
|
||||
Values: arbitrary string.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/type
|
||||
Date: 09-Jul-2007
|
||||
KernelVersion v2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description: Driver type string ("wlan", "bluetooth", etc).
|
||||
Values: See include/linux/rfkill.h.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/persistent
|
||||
Date: 09-Jul-2007
|
||||
KernelVersion v2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description: Whether the soft blocked state is initialised from non-volatile
|
||||
storage at startup.
|
||||
Values: A numeric value.
|
||||
0: false
|
||||
1: true
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/hard
|
||||
Date: 12-March-2010
|
||||
KernelVersion v2.6.34
|
||||
Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description: Current hardblock state. This file is read only.
|
||||
Values: A numeric value.
|
||||
0: inactive
|
||||
The transmitter is (potentially) active.
|
||||
1: active
|
||||
The transmitter is forced off by something outside of
|
||||
the driver's control.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/soft
|
||||
Date: 12-March-2010
|
||||
KernelVersion v2.6.34
|
||||
Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description: Current softblock state. This file is read and write.
|
||||
Values: A numeric value.
|
||||
0: inactive
|
||||
The transmitter is (potentially) active.
|
||||
1: active
|
||||
The transmitter is turned off by software.
|
185
Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm
Normal file
185
Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/
|
||||
Date: April 2005
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.12
|
||||
Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
|
||||
Description: The device/ directory under a specific TPM instance exposes
|
||||
the properties of that TPM chip
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/active
|
||||
Date: April 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.17
|
||||
Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
|
||||
Description: The "active" property prints a '1' if the TPM chip is accepting
|
||||
commands. An inactive TPM chip still contains all the state of
|
||||
an active chip (Storage Root Key, NVRAM, etc), and can be
|
||||
visible to the OS, but will only accept a restricted set of
|
||||
commands. See the TPM Main Specification part 2, Structures,
|
||||
section 17 for more information on which commands are
|
||||
available.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/cancel
|
||||
Date: June 2005
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.13
|
||||
Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
|
||||
Description: The "cancel" property allows you to cancel the currently
|
||||
pending TPM command. Writing any value to cancel will call the
|
||||
TPM vendor specific cancel operation.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/caps
|
||||
Date: April 2005
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.12
|
||||
Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
|
||||
Description: The "caps" property contains TPM manufacturer and version info.
|
||||
|
||||
Example output:
|
||||
|
||||
Manufacturer: 0x53544d20
|
||||
TCG version: 1.2
|
||||
Firmware version: 8.16
|
||||
|
||||
Manufacturer is a hex dump of the 4 byte manufacturer info
|
||||
space in a TPM. TCG version shows the TCG TPM spec level that
|
||||
the chip supports. Firmware version is that of the chip and
|
||||
is manufacturer specific.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/durations
|
||||
Date: March 2011
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.1
|
||||
Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
|
||||
Description: The "durations" property shows the 3 vendor-specific values
|
||||
used to wait for a short, medium and long TPM command. All
|
||||
TPM commands are categorized as short, medium or long in
|
||||
execution time, so that the driver doesn't have to wait
|
||||
any longer than necessary before starting to poll for a
|
||||
result.
|
||||
|
||||
Example output:
|
||||
|
||||
3015000 4508000 180995000 [original]
|
||||
|
||||
Here the short, medium and long durations are displayed in
|
||||
usecs. "[original]" indicates that the values are displayed
|
||||
unmodified from when they were queried from the chip.
|
||||
Durations can be modified in the case where a buggy chip
|
||||
reports them in msec instead of usec and they need to be
|
||||
scaled to be displayed in usecs. In this case "[adjusted]"
|
||||
will be displayed in place of "[original]".
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/enabled
|
||||
Date: April 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.17
|
||||
Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
|
||||
Description: The "enabled" property prints a '1' if the TPM chip is enabled,
|
||||
meaning that it should be visible to the OS. This property
|
||||
may be visible but produce a '0' after some operation that
|
||||
disables the TPM.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/owned
|
||||
Date: April 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.17
|
||||
Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
|
||||
Description: The "owned" property produces a '1' if the TPM_TakeOwnership
|
||||
ordinal has been executed successfully in the chip. A '0'
|
||||
indicates that ownership hasn't been taken.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/pcrs
|
||||
Date: April 2005
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.12
|
||||
Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
|
||||
Description: The "pcrs" property will dump the current value of all Platform
|
||||
Configuration Registers in the TPM. Note that since these
|
||||
values may be constantly changing, the output is only valid
|
||||
for a snapshot in time.
|
||||
|
||||
Example output:
|
||||
|
||||
PCR-00: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75
|
||||
PCR-01: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75
|
||||
PCR-02: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75
|
||||
PCR-03: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75
|
||||
PCR-04: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75
|
||||
...
|
||||
|
||||
The number of PCRs and hex bytes needed to represent a PCR
|
||||
value will vary depending on TPM chip version. For TPM 1.1 and
|
||||
1.2 chips, PCRs represent SHA-1 hashes, which are 20 bytes
|
||||
long. Use the "caps" property to determine TPM version.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/pubek
|
||||
Date: April 2005
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.12
|
||||
Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
|
||||
Description: The "pubek" property will return the TPM's public endorsement
|
||||
key if possible. If the TPM has had ownership established and
|
||||
is version 1.2, the pubek will not be available without the
|
||||
owner's authorization. Since the TPM driver doesn't store any
|
||||
secrets, it can't authorize its own request for the pubek,
|
||||
making it unaccessible. The public endorsement key is gener-
|
||||
ated at TPM menufacture time and exists for the life of the
|
||||
chip.
|
||||
|
||||
Example output:
|
||||
|
||||
Algorithm: 00 00 00 01
|
||||
Encscheme: 00 03
|
||||
Sigscheme: 00 01
|
||||
Parameters: 00 00 08 00 00 00 00 02 00 00 00 00
|
||||
Modulus length: 256
|
||||
Modulus:
|
||||
B4 76 41 82 C9 20 2C 10 18 40 BC 8B E5 44 4C 6C
|
||||
3A B2 92 0C A4 9B 2A 83 EB 5C 12 85 04 48 A0 B6
|
||||
1E E4 81 84 CE B2 F2 45 1C F0 85 99 61 02 4D EB
|
||||
86 C4 F7 F3 29 60 52 93 6B B2 E5 AB 8B A9 09 E3
|
||||
D7 0E 7D CA 41 BF 43 07 65 86 3C 8C 13 7A D0 8B
|
||||
82 5E 96 0B F8 1F 5F 34 06 DA A2 52 C1 A9 D5 26
|
||||
0F F4 04 4B D9 3F 2D F2 AC 2F 74 64 1F 8B CD 3E
|
||||
1E 30 38 6C 70 63 69 AB E2 50 DF 49 05 2E E1 8D
|
||||
6F 78 44 DA 57 43 69 EE 76 6C 38 8A E9 8E A3 F0
|
||||
A7 1F 3C A8 D0 12 15 3E CA 0E BD FA 24 CD 33 C6
|
||||
47 AE A4 18 83 8E 22 39 75 93 86 E6 FD 66 48 B6
|
||||
10 AD 94 14 65 F9 6A 17 78 BD 16 53 84 30 BF 70
|
||||
E0 DC 65 FD 3C C6 B0 1E BF B9 C1 B5 6C EF B1 3A
|
||||
F8 28 05 83 62 26 11 DC B4 6B 5A 97 FF 32 26 B6
|
||||
F7 02 71 CF 15 AE 16 DD D1 C1 8E A8 CF 9B 50 7B
|
||||
C3 91 FF 44 1E CF 7C 39 FE 17 77 21 20 BD CE 9B
|
||||
|
||||
Possible values:
|
||||
|
||||
Algorithm: TPM_ALG_RSA (1)
|
||||
Encscheme: TPM_ES_RSAESPKCSv15 (2)
|
||||
TPM_ES_RSAESOAEP_SHA1_MGF1 (3)
|
||||
Sigscheme: TPM_SS_NONE (1)
|
||||
Parameters, a byte string of 3 u32 values:
|
||||
Key Length (bits): 00 00 08 00 (2048)
|
||||
Num primes: 00 00 00 02 (2)
|
||||
Exponent Size: 00 00 00 00 (0 means the
|
||||
default exp)
|
||||
Modulus Length: 256 (bytes)
|
||||
Modulus: The 256 byte Endorsement Key modulus
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/temp_deactivated
|
||||
Date: April 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.17
|
||||
Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
|
||||
Description: The "temp_deactivated" property returns a '1' if the chip has
|
||||
been temporarily dectivated, usually until the next power
|
||||
cycle. Whether a warm boot (reboot) will clear a TPM chip
|
||||
from a temp_deactivated state is platform specific.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/timeouts
|
||||
Date: March 2011
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.1
|
||||
Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
|
||||
Description: The "timeouts" property shows the 4 vendor-specific values
|
||||
for the TPM's interface spec timeouts. The use of these
|
||||
timeouts is defined by the TPM interface spec that the chip
|
||||
conforms to.
|
||||
|
||||
Example output:
|
||||
|
||||
750000 750000 750000 750000 [original]
|
||||
|
||||
The four timeout values are shown in usecs, with a trailing
|
||||
"[original]" or "[adjusted]" depending on whether the values
|
||||
were scaled by the driver to be reported in usec from msecs.
|
212
Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-ubi
Normal file
212
Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-ubi
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/class/ubi/
|
||||
Date: July 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The ubi/ class sub-directory belongs to the UBI subsystem and
|
||||
provides general UBI information, per-UBI device information
|
||||
and per-UBI volume information.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/ubi/version
|
||||
Date: July 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
This file contains version of the latest supported UBI on-media
|
||||
format. Currently it is 1, and there is no plan to change this.
|
||||
However, if in the future UBI needs on-flash format changes
|
||||
which cannot be done in a compatible manner, a new format
|
||||
version will be added. So this is a mechanism for possible
|
||||
future backward-compatible (but forward-incompatible)
|
||||
improvements.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/ubiX/
|
||||
Date: July 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The /sys/class/ubi0, /sys/class/ubi1, etc directories describe
|
||||
UBI devices (UBI device 0, 1, etc). They contain general UBI
|
||||
device information and per UBI volume information (each UBI
|
||||
device may have many UBI volumes)
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/avail_eraseblocks
|
||||
Date: July 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Amount of available logical eraseblock. For example, one may
|
||||
create a new UBI volume which has this amount of logical
|
||||
eraseblocks.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/bad_peb_count
|
||||
Date: July 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Count of bad physical eraseblocks on the underlying MTD device.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/bgt_enabled
|
||||
Date: July 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Contains ASCII "0\n" if the UBI background thread is disabled,
|
||||
and ASCII "1\n" if it is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/dev
|
||||
Date: July 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Major and minor numbers of the character device corresponding
|
||||
to this UBI device (in <major>:<minor> format).
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/eraseblock_size
|
||||
Date: July 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Maximum logical eraseblock size this UBI device may provide. UBI
|
||||
volumes may have smaller logical eraseblock size because of their
|
||||
alignment.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/max_ec
|
||||
Date: July 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Maximum physical eraseblock erase counter value.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/max_vol_count
|
||||
Date: July 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Maximum number of volumes which this UBI device may have.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/min_io_size
|
||||
Date: July 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Minimum input/output unit size. All the I/O may only be done
|
||||
in fractions of the contained number.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/mtd_num
|
||||
Date: January 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.25
|
||||
Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Number of the underlying MTD device.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/reserved_for_bad
|
||||
Date: July 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Number of physical eraseblocks reserved for bad block handling.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/total_eraseblocks
|
||||
Date: July 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Total number of good (not marked as bad) physical eraseblocks on
|
||||
the underlying MTD device.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/volumes_count
|
||||
Date: July 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Count of volumes on this UBI device.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/
|
||||
Date: July 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_0/, /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_1/,
|
||||
etc directories describe UBI volumes on UBI device X (volumes
|
||||
0, 1, etc).
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/alignment
|
||||
Date: July 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Volume alignment - the value the logical eraseblock size of
|
||||
this volume has to be aligned on. For example, 2048 means that
|
||||
logical eraseblock size is multiple of 2048. In other words,
|
||||
volume logical eraseblock size is UBI device logical eraseblock
|
||||
size aligned to the alignment value.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/corrupted
|
||||
Date: July 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Contains ASCII "0\n" if the UBI volume is OK, and ASCII "1\n"
|
||||
if it is corrupted (e.g., due to an interrupted volume update).
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/data_bytes
|
||||
Date: July 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The amount of data this volume contains. This value makes sense
|
||||
only for static volumes, and for dynamic volume it equivalent
|
||||
to the total volume size in bytes.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/dev
|
||||
Date: July 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Major and minor numbers of the character device corresponding
|
||||
to this UBI volume (in <major>:<minor> format).
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/name
|
||||
Date: July 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Volume name.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/reserved_ebs
|
||||
Date: July 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Count of physical eraseblock reserved for this volume.
|
||||
Equivalent to the volume size in logical eraseblocks.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/type
|
||||
Date: July 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Volume type. Contains ASCII "dynamic\n" for dynamic volumes and
|
||||
"static\n" for static volumes.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/upd_marker
|
||||
Date: July 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Contains ASCII "0\n" if the update marker is not set for this
|
||||
volume, and "1\n" if it is set. The update marker is set when
|
||||
volume update starts, and cleaned when it ends. So the presence
|
||||
of the update marker indicates that the volume is being updated
|
||||
at the moment of the update was interrupted. The later may be
|
||||
checked using the "corrupted" sysfs file.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/usable_eb_size
|
||||
Date: July 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.22
|
||||
Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Logical eraseblock size of this volume. Equivalent to logical
|
||||
eraseblock size of the device aligned on the volume alignment
|
||||
value.
|
101
Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-node
Normal file
101
Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-node
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/system/node/possible
|
||||
Date: October 2002
|
||||
Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Nodes that could be possibly become online at some point.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/system/node/online
|
||||
Date: October 2002
|
||||
Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Nodes that are online.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/system/node/has_normal_memory
|
||||
Date: October 2002
|
||||
Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Nodes that have regular memory.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/system/node/has_cpu
|
||||
Date: October 2002
|
||||
Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Nodes that have one or more CPUs.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/system/node/has_high_memory
|
||||
Date: October 2002
|
||||
Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Nodes that have regular or high memory.
|
||||
Depends on CONFIG_HIGHMEM.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX
|
||||
Date: October 2002
|
||||
Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
When CONFIG_NUMA is enabled, this is a directory containing
|
||||
information on node X such as what CPUs are local to the
|
||||
node. Each file is detailed next.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/cpumap
|
||||
Date: October 2002
|
||||
Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The node's cpumap.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/cpulist
|
||||
Date: October 2002
|
||||
Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The CPUs associated to the node.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/meminfo
|
||||
Date: October 2002
|
||||
Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Provides information about the node's distribution and memory
|
||||
utilization. Similar to /proc/meminfo, see Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/numastat
|
||||
Date: October 2002
|
||||
Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The node's hit/miss statistics, in units of pages.
|
||||
See Documentation/numastat.txt
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/distance
|
||||
Date: October 2002
|
||||
Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Distance between the node and all the other nodes
|
||||
in the system.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/vmstat
|
||||
Date: October 2002
|
||||
Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The node's zoned virtual memory statistics.
|
||||
This is a superset of numastat.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/compact
|
||||
Date: February 2010
|
||||
Contact: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
When this file is written to, all memory within that node
|
||||
will be compacted. When it completes, memory will be freed
|
||||
into blocks which have as many contiguous pages as possible
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/scan_unevictable_pages
|
||||
Date: October 2008
|
||||
Contact: Lee Schermerhorn <lee.schermerhorn@hp.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
When set, it triggers scanning the node's unevictable lists
|
||||
and move any pages that have become evictable onto the respective
|
||||
zone's inactive list. See mm/vmscan.c
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/hugepages/hugepages-<size>/
|
||||
Date: December 2009
|
||||
Contact: Lee Schermerhorn <lee.schermerhorn@hp.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The node's huge page size control/query attributes.
|
||||
See Documentation/vm/hugetlbpage.txt
|
77
Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-system-xen_memory
Normal file
77
Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-system-xen_memory
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/max_retry_count
|
||||
Date: May 2011
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.39
|
||||
Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The maximum number of times the balloon driver will
|
||||
attempt to increase the balloon before giving up. See
|
||||
also 'retry_count' below.
|
||||
A value of zero means retry forever and is the default one.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/max_schedule_delay
|
||||
Date: May 2011
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.39
|
||||
Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The limit that 'schedule_delay' (see below) will be
|
||||
increased to. The default value is 32 seconds.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/retry_count
|
||||
Date: May 2011
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.39
|
||||
Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The current number of times that the balloon driver
|
||||
has attempted to increase the size of the balloon.
|
||||
The default value is one. With max_retry_count being
|
||||
zero (unlimited), this means that the driver will attempt
|
||||
to retry with a 'schedule_delay' delay.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/schedule_delay
|
||||
Date: May 2011
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.39
|
||||
Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The time (in seconds) to wait between attempts to
|
||||
increase the balloon. Each time the balloon cannot be
|
||||
increased, 'schedule_delay' is increased (until
|
||||
'max_schedule_delay' is reached at which point it
|
||||
will use the max value).
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/target
|
||||
Date: April 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||
Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The target number of pages to adjust this domain's
|
||||
memory reservation to.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/target_kb
|
||||
Date: April 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||
Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
As target above, except the value is in KiB.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/info/current_kb
|
||||
Date: April 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||
Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Current size (in KiB) of this domain's memory
|
||||
reservation.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/info/high_kb
|
||||
Date: April 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||
Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Amount (in KiB) of high memory in the balloon.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/info/low_kb
|
||||
Date: April 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||
Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Amount (in KiB) of low (or normal) memory in the
|
||||
balloon.
|
176
Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-ib_srp
Normal file
176
Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-ib_srp
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband_srp/srp-<hca>-<port_number>/add_target
|
||||
Date: January 2, 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.15
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description: Interface for making ib_srp connect to a new target.
|
||||
One can request ib_srp to connect to a new target by writing
|
||||
a comma-separated list of login parameters to this sysfs
|
||||
attribute. The supported parameters are:
|
||||
* id_ext, a 16-digit hexadecimal number specifying the eight
|
||||
byte identifier extension in the 16-byte SRP target port
|
||||
identifier. The target port identifier is sent by ib_srp
|
||||
to the target in the SRP_LOGIN_REQ request.
|
||||
* ioc_guid, a 16-digit hexadecimal number specifying the eight
|
||||
byte I/O controller GUID portion of the 16-byte target port
|
||||
identifier.
|
||||
* dgid, a 32-digit hexadecimal number specifying the
|
||||
destination GID.
|
||||
* pkey, a four-digit hexadecimal number specifying the
|
||||
InfiniBand partition key.
|
||||
* service_id, a 16-digit hexadecimal number specifying the
|
||||
InfiniBand service ID used to establish communication with
|
||||
the SRP target. How to find out the value of the service ID
|
||||
is specified in the documentation of the SRP target.
|
||||
* max_sect, a decimal number specifying the maximum number of
|
||||
512-byte sectors to be transferred via a single SCSI command.
|
||||
* max_cmd_per_lun, a decimal number specifying the maximum
|
||||
number of outstanding commands for a single LUN.
|
||||
* io_class, a hexadecimal number specifying the SRP I/O class.
|
||||
Must be either 0xff00 (rev 10) or 0x0100 (rev 16a). The I/O
|
||||
class defines the format of the SRP initiator and target
|
||||
port identifiers.
|
||||
* initiator_ext, a 16-digit hexadecimal number specifying the
|
||||
identifier extension portion of the SRP initiator port
|
||||
identifier. This data is sent by the initiator to the target
|
||||
in the SRP_LOGIN_REQ request.
|
||||
* cmd_sg_entries, a number in the range 1..255 that specifies
|
||||
the maximum number of data buffer descriptors stored in the
|
||||
SRP_CMD information unit itself. With allow_ext_sg=0 the
|
||||
parameter cmd_sg_entries defines the maximum S/G list length
|
||||
for a single SRP_CMD, and commands whose S/G list length
|
||||
exceeds this limit after S/G list collapsing will fail.
|
||||
* allow_ext_sg, whether ib_srp is allowed to include a partial
|
||||
memory descriptor list in an SRP_CMD instead of the entire
|
||||
list. If a partial memory descriptor list has been included
|
||||
in an SRP_CMD the remaining memory descriptors are
|
||||
communicated from initiator to target via an additional RDMA
|
||||
transfer. Setting allow_ext_sg to 1 increases the maximum
|
||||
amount of data that can be transferred between initiator and
|
||||
target via a single SCSI command. Since not all SRP target
|
||||
implementations support partial memory descriptor lists the
|
||||
default value for this option is 0.
|
||||
* sg_tablesize, a number in the range 1..2048 specifying the
|
||||
maximum S/G list length the SCSI layer is allowed to pass to
|
||||
ib_srp. Specifying a value that exceeds cmd_sg_entries is
|
||||
only safe with partial memory descriptor list support enabled
|
||||
(allow_ext_sg=1).
|
||||
* comp_vector, a number in the range 0..n-1 specifying the
|
||||
MSI-X completion vector. Some HCA's allocate multiple (n)
|
||||
MSI-X vectors per HCA port. If the IRQ affinity masks of
|
||||
these interrupts have been configured such that each MSI-X
|
||||
interrupt is handled by a different CPU then the comp_vector
|
||||
parameter can be used to spread the SRP completion workload
|
||||
over multiple CPU's.
|
||||
* tl_retry_count, a number in the range 2..7 specifying the
|
||||
IB RC retry count.
|
||||
* queue_size, the maximum number of commands that the
|
||||
initiator is allowed to queue per SCSI host. The default
|
||||
value for this parameter is 62. The lowest supported value
|
||||
is 2.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband_srp/srp-<hca>-<port_number>/ibdev
|
||||
Date: January 2, 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.15
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description: HCA name (<hca>).
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband_srp/srp-<hca>-<port_number>/port
|
||||
Date: January 2, 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.15
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description: HCA port number (<port_number>).
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/allow_ext_sg
|
||||
Date: May 19, 2011
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.39
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description: Whether ib_srp is allowed to include a partial memory
|
||||
descriptor list in an SRP_CMD when communicating with an SRP
|
||||
target.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/cmd_sg_entries
|
||||
Date: May 19, 2011
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.39
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description: Maximum number of data buffer descriptors that may be sent to
|
||||
the target in a single SRP_CMD request.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/dgid
|
||||
Date: June 17, 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.17
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description: InfiniBand destination GID used for communication with the SRP
|
||||
target. Differs from orig_dgid if port redirection has happened.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/id_ext
|
||||
Date: June 17, 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.17
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description: Eight-byte identifier extension portion of the 16-byte target
|
||||
port identifier.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/ioc_guid
|
||||
Date: June 17, 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.17
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description: Eight-byte I/O controller GUID portion of the 16-byte target
|
||||
port identifier.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/local_ib_device
|
||||
Date: November 29, 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.19
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description: Name of the InfiniBand HCA used for communicating with the
|
||||
SRP target.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/local_ib_port
|
||||
Date: November 29, 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.19
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description: Number of the HCA port used for communicating with the
|
||||
SRP target.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/orig_dgid
|
||||
Date: June 17, 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.17
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description: InfiniBand destination GID specified in the parameters
|
||||
written to the add_target sysfs attribute.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/pkey
|
||||
Date: June 17, 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.17
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description: A 16-bit number representing the InfiniBand partition key used
|
||||
for communication with the SRP target.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/req_lim
|
||||
Date: October 20, 2010
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.36
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description: Number of requests ib_srp can send to the target before it has
|
||||
to wait for more credits. For more information see also the
|
||||
SRP credit algorithm in the SRP specification.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/service_id
|
||||
Date: June 17, 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.17
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description: InfiniBand service ID used for establishing communication with
|
||||
the SRP target.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/sgid
|
||||
Date: February 1, 2014
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.13
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description: InfiniBand GID of the source port used for communication with
|
||||
the SRP target.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/zero_req_lim
|
||||
Date: September 20, 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.18
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description: Number of times the initiator had to wait before sending a
|
||||
request to the target because it ran out of credits. For more
|
||||
information see also the SRP credit algorithm in the SRP
|
||||
specification.
|
8
Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-qla2xxx
Normal file
8
Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-qla2xxx
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/qla2xxx/.../devices/*
|
||||
Date: September 2009
|
||||
Contact: QLogic Linux Driver <linux-driver@qlogic.com>
|
||||
Description: qla2xxx-udev.sh currently looks for uevent CHANGE events to
|
||||
signal a firmware-dump has been generated by the driver and is
|
||||
ready for retrieval.
|
||||
Users: qla2xxx-udev.sh. Proposed changes should be mailed to
|
||||
linux-driver@qlogic.com
|
62
Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-usb-usbtmc
Normal file
62
Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-usb-usbtmc
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/interface_capabilities
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/device_capabilities
|
||||
Date: August 2008
|
||||
Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
These files show the various USB TMC capabilities as described
|
||||
by the device itself. The full description of the bitfields
|
||||
can be found in the USB TMC documents from the USB-IF entitled
|
||||
"Universal Serial Bus Test and Measurement Class Specification
|
||||
(USBTMC) Revision 1.0" section 4.2.1.8.
|
||||
|
||||
The files are read only.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/usb488_interface_capabilities
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/usb488_device_capabilities
|
||||
Date: August 2008
|
||||
Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
These files show the various USB TMC capabilities as described
|
||||
by the device itself. The full description of the bitfields
|
||||
can be found in the USB TMC documents from the USB-IF entitled
|
||||
"Universal Serial Bus Test and Measurement Class, Subclass
|
||||
USB488 Specification (USBTMC-USB488) Revision 1.0" section
|
||||
4.2.2.
|
||||
|
||||
The files are read only.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/TermChar
|
||||
Date: August 2008
|
||||
Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
This file is the TermChar value to be sent to the USB TMC
|
||||
device as described by the document, "Universal Serial Bus Test
|
||||
and Measurement Class Specification
|
||||
(USBTMC) Revision 1.0" as published by the USB-IF.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that the TermCharEnabled file determines if this value is
|
||||
sent to the device or not.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/TermCharEnabled
|
||||
Date: August 2008
|
||||
Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
This file determines if the TermChar is to be sent to the
|
||||
device on every transaction or not. For more details about
|
||||
this, please see the document, "Universal Serial Bus Test and
|
||||
Measurement Class Specification (USBTMC) Revision 1.0" as
|
||||
published by the USB-IF.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/auto_abort
|
||||
Date: August 2008
|
||||
Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
This file determines if the transaction of the USB TMC
|
||||
device is to be automatically aborted if there is any error.
|
||||
For more details about this, please see the document,
|
||||
"Universal Serial Bus Test and Measurement Class Specification
|
||||
(USBTMC) Revision 1.0" as published by the USB-IF.
|
15
Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-w1_ds28e04
Normal file
15
Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-w1_ds28e04
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../pio
|
||||
Date: May 2012
|
||||
Contact: Markus Franke <franm@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
|
||||
Description: read/write the contents of the two PIO's of the DS28E04-100
|
||||
see Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_ds28e04 for detailed information
|
||||
Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with DS28E04-100
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../eeprom
|
||||
Date: May 2012
|
||||
Contact: Markus Franke <franm@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
|
||||
Description: read/write the contents of the EEPROM memory of the DS28E04-100
|
||||
see Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_ds28e04 for detailed information
|
||||
Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with DS28E04-100
|
75
Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-efi-vars
Normal file
75
Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-efi-vars
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/firmware/efi/vars
|
||||
Date: April 2004
|
||||
Contact: Matt Domsch <Matt_Domsch@dell.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
This directory exposes interfaces for interactive with
|
||||
EFI variables. For more information on EFI variables,
|
||||
see 'Variable Services' in the UEFI specification
|
||||
(section 7.2 in specification version 2.3 Errata D).
|
||||
|
||||
In summary, EFI variables are named, and are classified
|
||||
into separate namespaces through the use of a vendor
|
||||
GUID. They also have an arbitrary binary value
|
||||
associated with them.
|
||||
|
||||
The efivars module enumerates these variables and
|
||||
creates a separate directory for each one found. Each
|
||||
directory has a name of the form "<key>-<vendor guid>"
|
||||
and contains the following files:
|
||||
|
||||
attributes: A read-only text file enumerating the
|
||||
EFI variable flags. Potential values
|
||||
include:
|
||||
|
||||
EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE
|
||||
EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS
|
||||
EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS
|
||||
EFI_VARIABLE_HARDWARE_ERROR_RECORD
|
||||
EFI_VARIABLE_AUTHENTICATED_WRITE_ACCESS
|
||||
|
||||
See the EFI documentation for an
|
||||
explanation of each of these variables.
|
||||
|
||||
data: A read-only binary file that can be read
|
||||
to attain the value of the EFI variable
|
||||
|
||||
guid: The vendor GUID of the variable. This
|
||||
should always match the GUID in the
|
||||
variable's name.
|
||||
|
||||
raw_var: A binary file that can be read to obtain
|
||||
a structure that contains everything
|
||||
there is to know about the variable.
|
||||
For structure definition see "struct
|
||||
efi_variable" in the kernel sources.
|
||||
|
||||
This file can also be written to in
|
||||
order to update the value of a variable.
|
||||
For this to work however, all fields of
|
||||
the "struct efi_variable" passed must
|
||||
match byte for byte with the structure
|
||||
read out of the file, save for the value
|
||||
portion.
|
||||
|
||||
**Note** the efi_variable structure
|
||||
read/written with this file contains a
|
||||
'long' type that may change widths
|
||||
depending on your underlying
|
||||
architecture.
|
||||
|
||||
size: As ASCII representation of the size of
|
||||
the variable's value.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
In addition, two other magic binary files are provided
|
||||
in the top-level directory and are used for adding and
|
||||
removing variables:
|
||||
|
||||
new_var: Takes a "struct efi_variable" and
|
||||
instructs the EFI firmware to create a
|
||||
new variable.
|
||||
|
||||
del_var: Takes a "struct efi_variable" and
|
||||
instructs the EFI firmware to remove any
|
||||
variable that has a matching vendor GUID
|
||||
and variable key name.
|
34
Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-module
Normal file
34
Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-module
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/module
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The /sys/module tree consists of the following structure:
|
||||
|
||||
/sys/module/MODULENAME
|
||||
The name of the module that is in the kernel. This
|
||||
module name will always show up if the module is loaded as a
|
||||
dynamic module. If it is built directly into the kernel, it
|
||||
will only show up if it has a version or at least one
|
||||
parameter.
|
||||
|
||||
Note: The conditions of creation in the built-in case are not
|
||||
by design and may be removed in the future.
|
||||
|
||||
/sys/module/MODULENAME/parameters
|
||||
This directory contains individual files that are each
|
||||
individual parameters of the module that are able to be
|
||||
changed at runtime. See the individual module
|
||||
documentation as to the contents of these parameters and
|
||||
what they accomplish.
|
||||
|
||||
Note: The individual parameter names and values are not
|
||||
considered stable, only the fact that they will be
|
||||
placed in this location within sysfs. See the
|
||||
individual driver documentation for details as to the
|
||||
stability of the different parameters.
|
||||
|
||||
/sys/module/MODULENAME/refcnt
|
||||
If the module is able to be unloaded from the kernel, this file
|
||||
will contain the current reference count of the module.
|
||||
|
||||
Note: If the module is built into the kernel, or if the
|
||||
CONFIG_MODULE_UNLOAD kernel configuration value is not enabled,
|
||||
this file will not be present.
|
58
Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-transport-srp
Normal file
58
Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-transport-srp
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/class/srp_remote_ports/port-<h>:<n>/delete
|
||||
Date: June 1, 2012
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.7
|
||||
Contact: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org, linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description: Instructs an SRP initiator to disconnect from a target and to
|
||||
remove all LUNs imported from that target.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/srp_remote_ports/port-<h>:<n>/dev_loss_tmo
|
||||
Date: February 1, 2014
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.13
|
||||
Contact: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org, linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description: Number of seconds the SCSI layer will wait after a transport
|
||||
layer error has been observed before removing a target port.
|
||||
Zero means immediate removal. Setting this attribute to "off"
|
||||
will disable the dev_loss timer.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/srp_remote_ports/port-<h>:<n>/fast_io_fail_tmo
|
||||
Date: February 1, 2014
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.13
|
||||
Contact: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org, linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description: Number of seconds the SCSI layer will wait after a transport
|
||||
layer error has been observed before failing I/O. Zero means
|
||||
failing I/O immediately. Setting this attribute to "off" will
|
||||
disable the fast_io_fail timer.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/srp_remote_ports/port-<h>:<n>/port_id
|
||||
Date: June 27, 2007
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.24
|
||||
Contact: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description: 16-byte local SRP port identifier in hexadecimal format. An
|
||||
example: 4c:49:4e:55:58:20:56:49:4f:00:00:00:00:00:00:00.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/srp_remote_ports/port-<h>:<n>/reconnect_delay
|
||||
Date: February 1, 2014
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.13
|
||||
Contact: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org, linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description: Number of seconds the SCSI layer will wait after a reconnect
|
||||
attempt failed before retrying. Setting this attribute to
|
||||
"off" will disable time-based reconnecting.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/srp_remote_ports/port-<h>:<n>/roles
|
||||
Date: June 27, 2007
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.24
|
||||
Contact: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description: Role of the remote port. Either "SRP Initiator" or "SRP Target".
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/srp_remote_ports/port-<h>:<n>/state
|
||||
Date: February 1, 2014
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.13
|
||||
Contact: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org, linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description: State of the transport layer used for communication with the
|
||||
remote port. "running" if the transport layer is operational;
|
||||
"blocked" if a transport layer error has been encountered but
|
||||
the fast_io_fail_tmo timer has not yet fired; "fail-fast"
|
||||
after the fast_io_fail_tmo timer has fired and before the
|
||||
"dev_loss_tmo" timer has fired; "lost" after the
|
||||
"dev_loss_tmo" timer has fired and before the port is finally
|
||||
removed.
|
4
Documentation/ABI/stable/thermal-notification
Normal file
4
Documentation/ABI/stable/thermal-notification
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
|
||||
What: A notification mechanism for thermal related events
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
This interface enables notification for thermal related events.
|
||||
The notification is in the form of a netlink event.
|
27
Documentation/ABI/stable/vdso
Normal file
27
Documentation/ABI/stable/vdso
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
|
||||
On some architectures, when the kernel loads any userspace program it
|
||||
maps an ELF DSO into that program's address space. This DSO is called
|
||||
the vDSO and it often contains useful and highly-optimized alternatives
|
||||
to real syscalls.
|
||||
|
||||
These functions are called just like ordinary C function according to
|
||||
your platform's ABI. Call them from a sensible context. (For example,
|
||||
if you set CS on x86 to something strange, the vDSO functions are
|
||||
within their rights to crash.) In addition, if you pass a bad
|
||||
pointer to a vDSO function, you might get SIGSEGV instead of -EFAULT.
|
||||
|
||||
To find the DSO, parse the auxiliary vector passed to the program's
|
||||
entry point. The AT_SYSINFO_EHDR entry will point to the vDSO.
|
||||
|
||||
The vDSO uses symbol versioning; whenever you request a symbol from the
|
||||
vDSO, specify the version you are expecting.
|
||||
|
||||
Programs that dynamically link to glibc will use the vDSO automatically.
|
||||
Otherwise, you can use the reference parser in Documentation/vDSO/parse_vdso.c.
|
||||
|
||||
Unless otherwise noted, the set of symbols with any given version and the
|
||||
ABI of those symbols is considered stable. It may vary across architectures,
|
||||
though.
|
||||
|
||||
(As of this writing, this ABI documentation as been confirmed for x86_64.
|
||||
The maintainers of the other vDSO-using architectures should confirm
|
||||
that it is correct for their architecture.)
|
31
Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget
Normal file
31
Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
|
||||
What: /config/pcie-gadget
|
||||
Date: Feb 2011
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.37
|
||||
Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@st.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
|
||||
Interface is used to configure selected dual mode PCIe controller
|
||||
as device and then program its various registers to configure it
|
||||
as a particular device type.
|
||||
This interfaces can be used to show spear's PCIe device capability.
|
||||
|
||||
Nodes are only visible when configfs is mounted. To mount configfs
|
||||
in /config directory use:
|
||||
# mount -t configfs none /config/
|
||||
|
||||
For nth PCIe Device Controller
|
||||
/config/pcie-gadget.n/
|
||||
link ... used to enable ltssm and read its status.
|
||||
int_type ...used to configure and read type of supported
|
||||
interrupt
|
||||
no_of_msi ... used to configure number of MSI vector needed and
|
||||
to read no of MSI granted.
|
||||
inta ... write 1 to assert INTA and 0 to de-assert.
|
||||
send_msi ... write MSI vector to be sent.
|
||||
vendor_id ... used to write and read vendor id (hex)
|
||||
device_id ... used to write and read device id (hex)
|
||||
bar0_size ... used to write and read bar0_size
|
||||
bar0_address ... used to write and read bar0 mapped area in hex.
|
||||
bar0_rw_offset ... used to write and read offset of bar0 where
|
||||
bar0_data will be written or read.
|
||||
bar0_data ... used to write and read data at bar0_rw_offset.
|
81
Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget
Normal file
81
Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
|
||||
What: /config/usb-gadget
|
||||
Date: Jun 2013
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.11
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
This group contains sub-groups corresponding to created
|
||||
USB gadgets.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget
|
||||
Date: Jun 2013
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.11
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
|
||||
The attributes of a gadget:
|
||||
|
||||
UDC - bind a gadget to UDC/unbind a gadget;
|
||||
write UDC's name found in /sys/class/udc/*
|
||||
to bind a gadget, empty string "" to unbind.
|
||||
|
||||
bDeviceClass - USB device class code
|
||||
bDeviceSubClass - USB device subclass code
|
||||
bDeviceProtocol - USB device protocol code
|
||||
bMaxPacketSize0 - maximum endpoint 0 packet size
|
||||
bcdDevice - bcd device release number
|
||||
bcdUSB - bcd USB specification version number
|
||||
idProduct - product ID
|
||||
idVendor - vendor ID
|
||||
|
||||
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/configs
|
||||
Date: Jun 2013
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.11
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
This group contains a USB gadget's configurations
|
||||
|
||||
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/configs/config
|
||||
Date: Jun 2013
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.11
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The attributes of a configuration:
|
||||
|
||||
bmAttributes - configuration characteristics
|
||||
MaxPower - maximum power consumption from the bus
|
||||
|
||||
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/configs/config/strings
|
||||
Date: Jun 2013
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.11
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
This group contains subdirectories for language-specific
|
||||
strings for this configuration.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/configs/config/strings/language
|
||||
Date: Jun 2013
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.11
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The attributes:
|
||||
|
||||
configuration - configuration description
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions
|
||||
Date: Jun 2013
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.11
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
This group contains functions available to this USB gadget.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/strings
|
||||
Date: Jun 2013
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.11
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
This group contains subdirectories for language-specific
|
||||
strings for this gadget.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/strings/language
|
||||
Date: Jun 2013
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.11
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The attributes:
|
||||
|
||||
serialnumber - gadget's serial number (string)
|
||||
product - gadget's product description
|
||||
manufacturer - gadget's manufacturer description
|
||||
|
8
Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-acm
Normal file
8
Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-acm
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
|
||||
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/acm.name
|
||||
Date: Jun 2013
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.11
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
|
||||
This item contains just one readonly attribute: port_num.
|
||||
It contains the port number of the /dev/ttyGS<n> device
|
||||
associated with acm function's instance "name".
|
16
Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ecm
Normal file
16
Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ecm
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
|
||||
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/ecm.name
|
||||
Date: Jun 2013
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.11
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The attributes:
|
||||
|
||||
ifname - network device interface name associated with
|
||||
this function instance
|
||||
qmult - queue length multiplier for high and
|
||||
super speed
|
||||
host_addr - MAC address of host's end of this
|
||||
Ethernet over USB link
|
||||
dev_addr - MAC address of device's end of this
|
||||
Ethernet over USB link
|
||||
|
||||
|
14
Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-eem
Normal file
14
Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-eem
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
|
||||
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/eem.name
|
||||
Date: Jun 2013
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.11
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The attributes:
|
||||
|
||||
ifname - network device interface name associated with
|
||||
this function instance
|
||||
qmult - queue length multiplier for high and
|
||||
super speed
|
||||
host_addr - MAC address of host's end of this
|
||||
Ethernet over USB link
|
||||
dev_addr - MAC address of device's end of this
|
||||
Ethernet over USB link
|
9
Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ffs
Normal file
9
Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ffs
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
|
||||
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/ffs.name
|
||||
Date: Nov 2013
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.13
|
||||
Description: The purpose of this directory is to create and remove it.
|
||||
|
||||
A corresponding USB function instance is created/removed.
|
||||
There are no attributes here.
|
||||
|
||||
All parameters are set through FunctionFS.
|
8
Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-loopback
Normal file
8
Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-loopback
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
|
||||
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/Loopback.name
|
||||
Date: Nov 2013
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.13
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The attributes:
|
||||
|
||||
qlen - depth of loopback queue
|
||||
buflen - buffer length
|
31
Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-mass-storage
Normal file
31
Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-mass-storage
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
|
||||
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/mass_storage.name
|
||||
Date: Oct 2013
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.13
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The attributes:
|
||||
|
||||
stall - Set to permit function to halt bulk endpoints.
|
||||
Disabled on some USB devices known not to work
|
||||
correctly. You should set it to true.
|
||||
num_buffers - Number of pipeline buffers. Valid numbers
|
||||
are 2..4. Available only if
|
||||
CONFIG_USB_GADGET_DEBUG_FILES is set.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/mass_storage.name/lun.name
|
||||
Date: Oct 2013
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.13
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The attributes:
|
||||
|
||||
file - The path to the backing file for the LUN.
|
||||
Required if LUN is not marked as removable.
|
||||
ro - Flag specifying access to the LUN shall be
|
||||
read-only. This is implied if CD-ROM emulation
|
||||
is enabled as well as when it was impossible
|
||||
to open "filename" in R/W mode.
|
||||
removable - Flag specifying that LUN shall be indicated as
|
||||
being removable.
|
||||
cdrom - Flag specifying that LUN shall be reported as
|
||||
being a CD-ROM.
|
||||
nofua - Flag specifying that FUA flag
|
||||
in SCSI WRITE(10,12)
|
15
Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ncm
Normal file
15
Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ncm
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
||||
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/ncm.name
|
||||
Date: Jun 2013
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.11
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The attributes:
|
||||
|
||||
ifname - network device interface name associated with
|
||||
this function instance
|
||||
qmult - queue length multiplier for high and
|
||||
super speed
|
||||
host_addr - MAC address of host's end of this
|
||||
Ethernet over USB link
|
||||
dev_addr - MAC address of device's end of this
|
||||
Ethernet over USB link
|
||||
|
9
Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-obex
Normal file
9
Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-obex
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
|
||||
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/obex.name
|
||||
Date: Jun 2013
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.11
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
|
||||
This item contains just one readonly attribute: port_num.
|
||||
It contains the port number of the /dev/ttyGS<n> device
|
||||
associated with obex function's instance "name".
|
||||
|
8
Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-phonet
Normal file
8
Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-phonet
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
|
||||
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/phonet.name
|
||||
Date: Jun 2013
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.11
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
|
||||
This item contains just one readonly attribute: ifname.
|
||||
It contains the network interface name assigned during
|
||||
network device registration.
|
14
Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-rndis
Normal file
14
Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-rndis
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
|
||||
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/rndis.name
|
||||
Date: Jun 2013
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.11
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The attributes:
|
||||
|
||||
ifname - network device interface name associated with
|
||||
this function instance
|
||||
qmult - queue length multiplier for high and
|
||||
super speed
|
||||
host_addr - MAC address of host's end of this
|
||||
Ethernet over USB link
|
||||
dev_addr - MAC address of device's end of this
|
||||
Ethernet over USB link
|
9
Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-serial
Normal file
9
Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-serial
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
|
||||
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/gser.name
|
||||
Date: Jun 2013
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.11
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
|
||||
This item contains just one readonly attribute: port_num.
|
||||
It contains the port number of the /dev/ttyGS<n> device
|
||||
associated with gser function's instance "name".
|
||||
|
12
Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-sourcesink
Normal file
12
Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-sourcesink
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
|
||||
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/SourceSink.name
|
||||
Date: Nov 2013
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.13
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The attributes:
|
||||
|
||||
pattern - 0 (all zeros), 1 (mod63), 2 (none)
|
||||
isoc_interval - 1..16
|
||||
isoc_maxpacket - 0 - 1023 (fs), 0 - 1024 (hs/ss)
|
||||
isoc_mult - 0..2 (hs/ss only)
|
||||
isoc_maxburst - 0..15 (ss only)
|
||||
buflen - buffer length
|
14
Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-subset
Normal file
14
Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-subset
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
|
||||
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/geth.name
|
||||
Date: Jun 2013
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.11
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The attributes:
|
||||
|
||||
ifname - network device interface name associated with
|
||||
this function instance
|
||||
qmult - queue length multiplier for high and
|
||||
super speed
|
||||
host_addr - MAC address of host's end of this
|
||||
Ethernet over USB link
|
||||
dev_addr - MAC address of device's end of this
|
||||
Ethernet over USB link
|
91
Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-genwqe
Normal file
91
Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-genwqe
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/ddcb_info
|
||||
Date: Oct 2013
|
||||
Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
|
||||
Description: DDCB queue dump used for debugging queueing problems.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/curr_regs
|
||||
Date: Oct 2013
|
||||
Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
|
||||
Description: Dump of the current error registers.
|
||||
Only available for PF.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/curr_dbg_uid0
|
||||
Date: Oct 2013
|
||||
Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
|
||||
Description: Internal chip state of UID0 (unit id 0).
|
||||
Only available for PF.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/curr_dbg_uid1
|
||||
Date: Oct 2013
|
||||
Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
|
||||
Description: Internal chip state of UID1.
|
||||
Only available for PF.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/curr_dbg_uid2
|
||||
Date: Oct 2013
|
||||
Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
|
||||
Description: Internal chip state of UID2.
|
||||
Only available for PF.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/prev_regs
|
||||
Date: Oct 2013
|
||||
Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
|
||||
Description: Dump of the error registers before the last reset of
|
||||
the card occured.
|
||||
Only available for PF.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/prev_dbg_uid0
|
||||
Date: Oct 2013
|
||||
Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
|
||||
Description: Internal chip state of UID0 before card was reset.
|
||||
Only available for PF.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/prev_dbg_uid1
|
||||
Date: Oct 2013
|
||||
Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
|
||||
Description: Internal chip state of UID1 before card was reset.
|
||||
Only available for PF.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/prev_dbg_uid2
|
||||
Date: Oct 2013
|
||||
Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
|
||||
Description: Internal chip state of UID2 before card was reset.
|
||||
Only available for PF.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/info
|
||||
Date: Oct 2013
|
||||
Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
|
||||
Description: Comprehensive summary of bitstream version and software
|
||||
version. Used bitstream and bitstream clocking information.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/err_inject
|
||||
Date: Oct 2013
|
||||
Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
|
||||
Description: Possibility to inject error cases to ensure that the drivers
|
||||
error handling code works well.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/vf<0..14>_jobtimeout_msec
|
||||
Date: Oct 2013
|
||||
Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
|
||||
Description: Default VF timeout 250ms. Testing might require 1000ms.
|
||||
Using 0 will use the cards default value (whatever that is).
|
||||
|
||||
The timeout depends on the max number of available cards
|
||||
in the system and the maximum allowed queue size.
|
||||
|
||||
The driver ensures that the settings are done just before
|
||||
the VFs get enabled. Changing the timeouts in flight is not
|
||||
possible.
|
||||
Only available for PF.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/jobtimer
|
||||
Date: Oct 2013
|
||||
Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
|
||||
Description: Dump job timeout register values for PF and VFs.
|
||||
Only available for PF.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/queue_working_time
|
||||
Date: Dec 2013
|
||||
Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
|
||||
Description: Dump queue working time register values for PF and VFs.
|
||||
Only available for PF.
|
20
Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec
Normal file
20
Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/debug/ec/*/{gpe,use_global_lock,io}
|
||||
Date: July 2010
|
||||
Contact: Thomas Renninger <trenn@suse.de>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
|
||||
General information like which GPE is assigned to the EC and whether
|
||||
the global lock should get used.
|
||||
Knowing the EC GPE one can watch the amount of HW events related to
|
||||
the EC here (XY -> GPE number from /sys/kernel/debug/ec/*/gpe):
|
||||
/sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts/gpeXY
|
||||
|
||||
The io file is binary and a userspace tool located here:
|
||||
ftp://ftp.suse.com/pub/people/trenn/sources/ec/
|
||||
should get used to read out the 256 Embedded Controller registers
|
||||
or writing to them.
|
||||
|
||||
CAUTION: Do not write to the Embedded Controller if you don't know
|
||||
what you are doing! Rebooting afterwards also is a good idea.
|
||||
This can influence the way your machine is cooled and fans may
|
||||
not get switched on again after you did a wrong write.
|
19
Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ideapad
Normal file
19
Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ideapad
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/debug/ideapad/cfg
|
||||
Date: Sep 2011
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.2
|
||||
Contact: Ike Panhc <ike.pan@canonical.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
|
||||
cfg shows the return value of _CFG method in VPC2004 device. It tells machine
|
||||
capability and what graphic component within the machine.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/debug/ideapad/status
|
||||
Date: Sep 2011
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.2
|
||||
Contact: Ike Panhc <ike.pan@canonical.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
|
||||
status shows infos we can read and tells its meaning and value.
|
||||
|
||||
|
16
Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-olpc
Normal file
16
Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-olpc
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/debug/olpc-ec/cmd
|
||||
Date: Dec 2011
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.4
|
||||
Contact: devel@lists.laptop.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
|
||||
A generic interface for executing OLPC Embedded Controller commands and
|
||||
reading their responses.
|
||||
|
||||
To execute a command, write data with the format: CC:N A A A A
|
||||
CC is the (hex) command, N is the count of expected reply bytes, and A A A A
|
||||
are optional (hex) arguments.
|
||||
|
||||
To read the response (if any), read from the generic node after executing
|
||||
a command. Hex reply bytes will be returned, *whether or not* they came from
|
||||
the immediately previous command.
|
45
Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pfo-nx-crypto
Normal file
45
Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pfo-nx-crypto
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/debug/nx-crypto/*
|
||||
Date: March 2012
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.4
|
||||
Contact: Kent Yoder <key@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
|
||||
These debugfs interfaces are built by the nx-crypto driver, built in
|
||||
arch/powerpc/crypto/nx.
|
||||
|
||||
Error Detection
|
||||
===============
|
||||
|
||||
errors:
|
||||
- A u32 providing a total count of errors since the driver was loaded. The
|
||||
only errors counted here are those returned from the hcall, H_COP_OP.
|
||||
|
||||
last_error:
|
||||
- The most recent non-zero return code from the H_COP_OP hcall. -EBUSY is not
|
||||
recorded here (the hcall will retry until -EBUSY goes away).
|
||||
|
||||
last_error_pid:
|
||||
- The process ID of the process who received the most recent error from the
|
||||
hcall.
|
||||
|
||||
Device Use
|
||||
==========
|
||||
|
||||
aes_bytes:
|
||||
- The total number of bytes encrypted using AES in any of the driver's
|
||||
supported modes.
|
||||
|
||||
aes_ops:
|
||||
- The total number of AES operations submitted to the hardware.
|
||||
|
||||
sha256_bytes:
|
||||
- The total number of bytes hashed by the hardware using SHA-256.
|
||||
|
||||
sha256_ops:
|
||||
- The total number of SHA-256 operations submitted to the hardware.
|
||||
|
||||
sha512_bytes:
|
||||
- The total number of bytes hashed by the hardware using SHA-512.
|
||||
|
||||
sha512_ops:
|
||||
- The total number of SHA-512 operations submitted to the hardware.
|
19
Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pktcdvd
Normal file
19
Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pktcdvd
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/debug/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]
|
||||
Date: Oct. 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.20
|
||||
Contact: Thomas Maier <balagi@justmail.de>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
|
||||
debugfs interface
|
||||
-----------------
|
||||
|
||||
The pktcdvd module (packet writing driver) creates
|
||||
these files in debugfs:
|
||||
|
||||
/sys/kernel/debug/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/
|
||||
info (0444) Lots of driver statistics and infos.
|
||||
|
||||
Example:
|
||||
-------
|
||||
|
||||
cat /sys/kernel/debug/pktcdvd/pktcdvd0/info
|
101
Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg
Normal file
101
Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
|
||||
What: /dev/kmsg
|
||||
Date: Mai 2012
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.5
|
||||
Contact: Kay Sievers <kay@vrfy.org>
|
||||
Description: The /dev/kmsg character device node provides userspace access
|
||||
to the kernel's printk buffer.
|
||||
|
||||
Injecting messages:
|
||||
Every write() to the opened device node places a log entry in
|
||||
the kernel's printk buffer.
|
||||
|
||||
The logged line can be prefixed with a <N> syslog prefix, which
|
||||
carries the syslog priority and facility. The single decimal
|
||||
prefix number is composed of the 3 lowest bits being the syslog
|
||||
priority and the higher bits the syslog facility number.
|
||||
|
||||
If no prefix is given, the priority number is the default kernel
|
||||
log priority and the facility number is set to LOG_USER (1). It
|
||||
is not possible to inject messages from userspace with the
|
||||
facility number LOG_KERN (0), to make sure that the origin of
|
||||
the messages can always be reliably determined.
|
||||
|
||||
Accessing the buffer:
|
||||
Every read() from the opened device node receives one record
|
||||
of the kernel's printk buffer.
|
||||
|
||||
The first read() directly following an open() always returns
|
||||
first message in the buffer; there is no kernel-internal
|
||||
persistent state; many readers can concurrently open the device
|
||||
and read from it, without affecting other readers.
|
||||
|
||||
Every read() will receive the next available record. If no more
|
||||
records are available read() will block, or if O_NONBLOCK is
|
||||
used -EAGAIN returned.
|
||||
|
||||
Messages in the record ring buffer get overwritten as whole,
|
||||
there are never partial messages received by read().
|
||||
|
||||
In case messages get overwritten in the circular buffer while
|
||||
the device is kept open, the next read() will return -EPIPE,
|
||||
and the seek position be updated to the next available record.
|
||||
Subsequent reads() will return available records again.
|
||||
|
||||
Unlike the classic syslog() interface, the 64 bit record
|
||||
sequence numbers allow to calculate the amount of lost
|
||||
messages, in case the buffer gets overwritten. And they allow
|
||||
to reconnect to the buffer and reconstruct the read position
|
||||
if needed, without limiting the interface to a single reader.
|
||||
|
||||
The device supports seek with the following parameters:
|
||||
SEEK_SET, 0
|
||||
seek to the first entry in the buffer
|
||||
SEEK_END, 0
|
||||
seek after the last entry in the buffer
|
||||
SEEK_DATA, 0
|
||||
seek after the last record available at the time
|
||||
the last SYSLOG_ACTION_CLEAR was issued.
|
||||
|
||||
The output format consists of a prefix carrying the syslog
|
||||
prefix including priority and facility, the 64 bit message
|
||||
sequence number and the monotonic timestamp in microseconds,
|
||||
and a flag field. All fields are separated by a ','.
|
||||
|
||||
Future extensions might add more comma separated values before
|
||||
the terminating ';'. Unknown fields and values should be
|
||||
gracefully ignored.
|
||||
|
||||
The human readable text string starts directly after the ';'
|
||||
and is terminated by a '\n'. Untrusted values derived from
|
||||
hardware or other facilities are printed, therefore
|
||||
all non-printable characters and '\' itself in the log message
|
||||
are escaped by "\x00" C-style hex encoding.
|
||||
|
||||
A line starting with ' ', is a continuation line, adding
|
||||
key/value pairs to the log message, which provide the machine
|
||||
readable context of the message, for reliable processing in
|
||||
userspace.
|
||||
|
||||
Example:
|
||||
7,160,424069,-;pci_root PNP0A03:00: host bridge window [io 0x0000-0x0cf7] (ignored)
|
||||
SUBSYSTEM=acpi
|
||||
DEVICE=+acpi:PNP0A03:00
|
||||
6,339,5140900,-;NET: Registered protocol family 10
|
||||
30,340,5690716,-;udevd[80]: starting version 181
|
||||
|
||||
The DEVICE= key uniquely identifies devices the following way:
|
||||
b12:8 - block dev_t
|
||||
c127:3 - char dev_t
|
||||
n8 - netdev ifindex
|
||||
+sound:card0 - subsystem:devname
|
||||
|
||||
The flags field carries '-' by default. A 'c' indicates a
|
||||
fragment of a line. All following fragments are flagged with
|
||||
'+'. Note, that these hints about continuation lines are not
|
||||
necessarily correct, and the stream could be interleaved with
|
||||
unrelated messages, but merging the lines in the output
|
||||
usually produces better human readable results. A similar
|
||||
logic is used internally when messages are printed to the
|
||||
console, /proc/kmsg or the syslog() syscall.
|
||||
|
||||
Users: dmesg(1), userspace kernel log consumers
|
23
Documentation/ABI/testing/evm
Normal file
23
Documentation/ABI/testing/evm
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
|
||||
What: security/evm
|
||||
Date: March 2011
|
||||
Contact: Mimi Zohar <zohar@us.ibm.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
EVM protects a file's security extended attributes(xattrs)
|
||||
against integrity attacks. The initial method maintains an
|
||||
HMAC-sha1 value across the extended attributes, storing the
|
||||
value as the extended attribute 'security.evm'.
|
||||
|
||||
EVM depends on the Kernel Key Retention System to provide it
|
||||
with a trusted/encrypted key for the HMAC-sha1 operation.
|
||||
The key is loaded onto the root's keyring using keyctl. Until
|
||||
EVM receives notification that the key has been successfully
|
||||
loaded onto the keyring (echo 1 > <securityfs>/evm), EVM
|
||||
can not create or validate the 'security.evm' xattr, but
|
||||
returns INTEGRITY_UNKNOWN. Loading the key and signaling EVM
|
||||
should be done as early as possible. Normally this is done
|
||||
in the initramfs, which has already been measured as part
|
||||
of the trusted boot. For more information on creating and
|
||||
loading existing trusted/encrypted keys, refer to:
|
||||
Documentation/keys-trusted-encrypted.txt. (A sample dracut
|
||||
patch, which loads the trusted/encrypted key and enables
|
||||
EVM, is available from http://linux-ima.sourceforge.net/#EVM.)
|
85
Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy
Normal file
85
Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
|
||||
What: security/ima/policy
|
||||
Date: May 2008
|
||||
Contact: Mimi Zohar <zohar@us.ibm.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The Trusted Computing Group(TCG) runtime Integrity
|
||||
Measurement Architecture(IMA) maintains a list of hash
|
||||
values of executables and other sensitive system files
|
||||
loaded into the run-time of this system. At runtime,
|
||||
the policy can be constrained based on LSM specific data.
|
||||
Policies are loaded into the securityfs file ima/policy
|
||||
by opening the file, writing the rules one at a time and
|
||||
then closing the file. The new policy takes effect after
|
||||
the file ima/policy is closed.
|
||||
|
||||
IMA appraisal, if configured, uses these file measurements
|
||||
for local measurement appraisal.
|
||||
|
||||
rule format: action [condition ...]
|
||||
|
||||
action: measure | dont_measure | appraise | dont_appraise | audit
|
||||
condition:= base | lsm [option]
|
||||
base: [[func=] [mask=] [fsmagic=] [fsuuid=] [uid=]
|
||||
[euid=] [fowner=]]
|
||||
lsm: [[subj_user=] [subj_role=] [subj_type=]
|
||||
[obj_user=] [obj_role=] [obj_type=]]
|
||||
option: [[appraise_type=]] [permit_directio]
|
||||
|
||||
base: func:= [BPRM_CHECK][MMAP_CHECK][FILE_CHECK][MODULE_CHECK]
|
||||
mask:= [[^]MAY_READ] [[^]MAY_WRITE] [[^]MAY_APPEND]
|
||||
[[^]MAY_EXEC]
|
||||
fsmagic:= hex value
|
||||
fsuuid:= file system UUID (e.g 8bcbe394-4f13-4144-be8e-5aa9ea2ce2f6)
|
||||
uid:= decimal value
|
||||
euid:= decimal value
|
||||
fowner:=decimal value
|
||||
lsm: are LSM specific
|
||||
option: appraise_type:= [imasig]
|
||||
|
||||
default policy:
|
||||
# PROC_SUPER_MAGIC
|
||||
dont_measure fsmagic=0x9fa0
|
||||
dont_appraise fsmagic=0x9fa0
|
||||
# SYSFS_MAGIC
|
||||
dont_measure fsmagic=0x62656572
|
||||
dont_appraise fsmagic=0x62656572
|
||||
# DEBUGFS_MAGIC
|
||||
dont_measure fsmagic=0x64626720
|
||||
dont_appraise fsmagic=0x64626720
|
||||
# TMPFS_MAGIC
|
||||
dont_measure fsmagic=0x01021994
|
||||
dont_appraise fsmagic=0x01021994
|
||||
# RAMFS_MAGIC
|
||||
dont_measure fsmagic=0x858458f6
|
||||
dont_appraise fsmagic=0x858458f6
|
||||
# SECURITYFS_MAGIC
|
||||
dont_measure fsmagic=0x73636673
|
||||
dont_appraise fsmagic=0x73636673
|
||||
|
||||
measure func=BPRM_CHECK
|
||||
measure func=FILE_MMAP mask=MAY_EXEC
|
||||
measure func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ uid=0
|
||||
measure func=MODULE_CHECK uid=0
|
||||
appraise fowner=0
|
||||
|
||||
The default policy measures all executables in bprm_check,
|
||||
all files mmapped executable in file_mmap, and all files
|
||||
open for read by root in do_filp_open. The default appraisal
|
||||
policy appraises all files owned by root.
|
||||
|
||||
Examples of LSM specific definitions:
|
||||
|
||||
SELinux:
|
||||
# SELINUX_MAGIC
|
||||
dont_measure fsmagic=0xf97cff8c
|
||||
dont_appraise fsmagic=0xf97cff8c
|
||||
|
||||
dont_measure obj_type=var_log_t
|
||||
dont_appraise obj_type=var_log_t
|
||||
dont_measure obj_type=auditd_log_t
|
||||
dont_appraise obj_type=auditd_log_t
|
||||
measure subj_user=system_u func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ
|
||||
measure subj_role=system_r func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ
|
||||
|
||||
Smack:
|
||||
measure subj_user=_ func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ
|
22
Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats
Normal file
22
Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
|
||||
What: /proc/diskstats
|
||||
Date: February 2008
|
||||
Contact: Jerome Marchand <jmarchan@redhat.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The /proc/diskstats file displays the I/O statistics
|
||||
of block devices. Each line contains the following 14
|
||||
fields:
|
||||
1 - major number
|
||||
2 - minor mumber
|
||||
3 - device name
|
||||
4 - reads completed successfully
|
||||
5 - reads merged
|
||||
6 - sectors read
|
||||
7 - time spent reading (ms)
|
||||
8 - writes completed
|
||||
9 - writes merged
|
||||
10 - sectors written
|
||||
11 - time spent writing (ms)
|
||||
12 - I/Os currently in progress
|
||||
13 - time spent doing I/Os (ms)
|
||||
14 - weighted time spent doing I/Os (ms)
|
||||
For more details refer to Documentation/iostats.txt
|
47
Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore
Normal file
47
Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
|
||||
Where: /sys/fs/pstore/... (or /dev/pstore/...)
|
||||
Date: March 2011
|
||||
Kernel Version: 2.6.39
|
||||
Contact: tony.luck@intel.com
|
||||
Description: Generic interface to platform dependent persistent storage.
|
||||
|
||||
Platforms that provide a mechanism to preserve some data
|
||||
across system reboots can register with this driver to
|
||||
provide a generic interface to show records captured in
|
||||
the dying moments. In the case of a panic the last part
|
||||
of the console log is captured, but other interesting
|
||||
data can also be saved.
|
||||
|
||||
# mount -t pstore -o kmsg_bytes=8000 - /sys/fs/pstore
|
||||
|
||||
$ ls -l /sys/fs/pstore/
|
||||
total 0
|
||||
-r--r--r-- 1 root root 7896 Nov 30 15:38 dmesg-erst-1
|
||||
|
||||
Different users of this interface will result in different
|
||||
filename prefixes. Currently two are defined:
|
||||
|
||||
"dmesg" - saved console log
|
||||
"mce" - architecture dependent data from fatal h/w error
|
||||
|
||||
Once the information in a file has been read, removing
|
||||
the file will signal to the underlying persistent storage
|
||||
device that it can reclaim the space for later re-use.
|
||||
|
||||
$ rm /sys/fs/pstore/dmesg-erst-1
|
||||
|
||||
The expectation is that all files in /sys/fs/pstore/
|
||||
will be saved elsewhere and erased from persistent store
|
||||
soon after boot to free up space ready for the next
|
||||
catastrophe.
|
||||
|
||||
The 'kmsg_bytes' mount option changes the target amount of
|
||||
data saved on each oops/panic. Pstore saves (possibly
|
||||
multiple) files based on the record size of the underlying
|
||||
persistent storage until at least this amount is reached.
|
||||
Default is 10 Kbytes.
|
||||
|
||||
Pstore only supports one backend at a time. If multiple
|
||||
backends are available, the preferred backend may be
|
||||
set by passing the pstore.backend= argument to the kernel at
|
||||
boot time.
|
||||
|
99
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ata
Normal file
99
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ata
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/class/ata_...
|
||||
Date: August 2008
|
||||
Contact: Gwendal Grignou<gwendal@google.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
|
||||
Provide a place in sysfs for storing the ATA topology of the system. This allows
|
||||
retrieving various information about ATA objects.
|
||||
|
||||
Files under /sys/class/ata_port
|
||||
-------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
For each port, a directory ataX is created where X is the ata_port_id of
|
||||
the port. The device parent is the ata host device.
|
||||
|
||||
idle_irq (read)
|
||||
|
||||
Number of IRQ received by the port while idle [some ata HBA only].
|
||||
|
||||
nr_pmp_links (read)
|
||||
|
||||
If a SATA Port Multiplier (PM) is connected, number of link behind it.
|
||||
|
||||
Files under /sys/class/ata_link
|
||||
-------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Behind each port, there is a ata_link. If there is a SATA PM in the
|
||||
topology, 15 ata_link objects are created.
|
||||
|
||||
If a link is behind a port, the directory name is linkX, where X is
|
||||
ata_port_id of the port.
|
||||
If a link is behind a PM, its name is linkX.Y where X is ata_port_id
|
||||
of the parent port and Y the PM port.
|
||||
|
||||
hw_sata_spd_limit
|
||||
|
||||
Maximum speed supported by the connected SATA device.
|
||||
|
||||
sata_spd_limit
|
||||
|
||||
Maximum speed imposed by libata.
|
||||
|
||||
sata_spd
|
||||
|
||||
Current speed of the link [1.5, 3Gps,...].
|
||||
|
||||
Files under /sys/class/ata_device
|
||||
---------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Behind each link, up to two ata device are created.
|
||||
The name of the directory is devX[.Y].Z where:
|
||||
- X is ata_port_id of the port where the device is connected,
|
||||
- Y the port of the PM if any, and
|
||||
- Z the device id: for PATA, there is usually 2 devices [0,1],
|
||||
only 1 for SATA.
|
||||
|
||||
class
|
||||
Device class. Can be "ata" for disk, "atapi" for packet device,
|
||||
"pmp" for PM, or "none" if no device was found behind the link.
|
||||
|
||||
dma_mode
|
||||
|
||||
Transfer modes supported by the device when in DMA mode.
|
||||
Mostly used by PATA device.
|
||||
|
||||
pio_mode
|
||||
|
||||
Transfer modes supported by the device when in PIO mode.
|
||||
Mostly used by PATA device.
|
||||
|
||||
xfer_mode
|
||||
|
||||
Current transfer mode.
|
||||
|
||||
id
|
||||
|
||||
Cached result of IDENTIFY command, as described in ATA8 7.16 and 7.17.
|
||||
Only valid if the device is not a PM.
|
||||
|
||||
gscr
|
||||
|
||||
Cached result of the dump of PM GSCR register.
|
||||
Valid registers are:
|
||||
0: SATA_PMP_GSCR_PROD_ID,
|
||||
1: SATA_PMP_GSCR_REV,
|
||||
2: SATA_PMP_GSCR_PORT_INFO,
|
||||
32: SATA_PMP_GSCR_ERROR,
|
||||
33: SATA_PMP_GSCR_ERROR_EN,
|
||||
64: SATA_PMP_GSCR_FEAT,
|
||||
96: SATA_PMP_GSCR_FEAT_EN,
|
||||
130: SATA_PMP_GSCR_SII_GPIO
|
||||
Only valid if the device is a PM.
|
||||
|
||||
spdn_cnt
|
||||
|
||||
Number of time libata decided to lower the speed of link due to errors.
|
||||
|
||||
ering
|
||||
|
||||
Formatted output of the error ring of the device.
|
222
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block
Normal file
222
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/block/<disk>/stat
|
||||
Date: February 2008
|
||||
Contact: Jerome Marchand <jmarchan@redhat.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The /sys/block/<disk>/stat files displays the I/O
|
||||
statistics of disk <disk>. They contain 11 fields:
|
||||
1 - reads completed successfully
|
||||
2 - reads merged
|
||||
3 - sectors read
|
||||
4 - time spent reading (ms)
|
||||
5 - writes completed
|
||||
6 - writes merged
|
||||
7 - sectors written
|
||||
8 - time spent writing (ms)
|
||||
9 - I/Os currently in progress
|
||||
10 - time spent doing I/Os (ms)
|
||||
11 - weighted time spent doing I/Os (ms)
|
||||
For more details refer Documentation/iostats.txt
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/<disk>/<part>/stat
|
||||
Date: February 2008
|
||||
Contact: Jerome Marchand <jmarchan@redhat.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The /sys/block/<disk>/<part>/stat files display the
|
||||
I/O statistics of partition <part>. The format is the
|
||||
same as the above-written /sys/block/<disk>/stat
|
||||
format.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/<disk>/integrity/format
|
||||
Date: June 2008
|
||||
Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Metadata format for integrity capable block device.
|
||||
E.g. T10-DIF-TYPE1-CRC.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/<disk>/integrity/read_verify
|
||||
Date: June 2008
|
||||
Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Indicates whether the block layer should verify the
|
||||
integrity of read requests serviced by devices that
|
||||
support sending integrity metadata.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/<disk>/integrity/tag_size
|
||||
Date: June 2008
|
||||
Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Number of bytes of integrity tag space available per
|
||||
512 bytes of data.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/<disk>/integrity/write_generate
|
||||
Date: June 2008
|
||||
Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Indicates whether the block layer should automatically
|
||||
generate checksums for write requests bound for
|
||||
devices that support receiving integrity metadata.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/<disk>/alignment_offset
|
||||
Date: April 2009
|
||||
Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Storage devices may report a physical block size that is
|
||||
bigger than the logical block size (for instance a drive
|
||||
with 4KB physical sectors exposing 512-byte logical
|
||||
blocks to the operating system). This parameter
|
||||
indicates how many bytes the beginning of the device is
|
||||
offset from the disk's natural alignment.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/<disk>/<partition>/alignment_offset
|
||||
Date: April 2009
|
||||
Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Storage devices may report a physical block size that is
|
||||
bigger than the logical block size (for instance a drive
|
||||
with 4KB physical sectors exposing 512-byte logical
|
||||
blocks to the operating system). This parameter
|
||||
indicates how many bytes the beginning of the partition
|
||||
is offset from the disk's natural alignment.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/logical_block_size
|
||||
Date: May 2009
|
||||
Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
This is the smallest unit the storage device can
|
||||
address. It is typically 512 bytes.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/physical_block_size
|
||||
Date: May 2009
|
||||
Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
This is the smallest unit a physical storage device can
|
||||
write atomically. It is usually the same as the logical
|
||||
block size but may be bigger. One example is SATA
|
||||
drives with 4KB sectors that expose a 512-byte logical
|
||||
block size to the operating system. For stacked block
|
||||
devices the physical_block_size variable contains the
|
||||
maximum physical_block_size of the component devices.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/minimum_io_size
|
||||
Date: April 2009
|
||||
Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Storage devices may report a granularity or preferred
|
||||
minimum I/O size which is the smallest request the
|
||||
device can perform without incurring a performance
|
||||
penalty. For disk drives this is often the physical
|
||||
block size. For RAID arrays it is often the stripe
|
||||
chunk size. A properly aligned multiple of
|
||||
minimum_io_size is the preferred request size for
|
||||
workloads where a high number of I/O operations is
|
||||
desired.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/optimal_io_size
|
||||
Date: April 2009
|
||||
Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Storage devices may report an optimal I/O size, which is
|
||||
the device's preferred unit for sustained I/O. This is
|
||||
rarely reported for disk drives. For RAID arrays it is
|
||||
usually the stripe width or the internal track size. A
|
||||
properly aligned multiple of optimal_io_size is the
|
||||
preferred request size for workloads where sustained
|
||||
throughput is desired. If no optimal I/O size is
|
||||
reported this file contains 0.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/nomerges
|
||||
Date: January 2010
|
||||
Contact:
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Standard I/O elevator operations include attempts to
|
||||
merge contiguous I/Os. For known random I/O loads these
|
||||
attempts will always fail and result in extra cycles
|
||||
being spent in the kernel. This allows one to turn off
|
||||
this behavior on one of two ways: When set to 1, complex
|
||||
merge checks are disabled, but the simple one-shot merges
|
||||
with the previous I/O request are enabled. When set to 2,
|
||||
all merge tries are disabled. The default value is 0 -
|
||||
which enables all types of merge tries.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/<disk>/discard_alignment
|
||||
Date: May 2011
|
||||
Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Devices that support discard functionality may
|
||||
internally allocate space in units that are bigger than
|
||||
the exported logical block size. The discard_alignment
|
||||
parameter indicates how many bytes the beginning of the
|
||||
device is offset from the internal allocation unit's
|
||||
natural alignment.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/<disk>/<partition>/discard_alignment
|
||||
Date: May 2011
|
||||
Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Devices that support discard functionality may
|
||||
internally allocate space in units that are bigger than
|
||||
the exported logical block size. The discard_alignment
|
||||
parameter indicates how many bytes the beginning of the
|
||||
partition is offset from the internal allocation unit's
|
||||
natural alignment.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/discard_granularity
|
||||
Date: May 2011
|
||||
Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Devices that support discard functionality may
|
||||
internally allocate space using units that are bigger
|
||||
than the logical block size. The discard_granularity
|
||||
parameter indicates the size of the internal allocation
|
||||
unit in bytes if reported by the device. Otherwise the
|
||||
discard_granularity will be set to match the device's
|
||||
physical block size. A discard_granularity of 0 means
|
||||
that the device does not support discard functionality.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/discard_max_bytes
|
||||
Date: May 2011
|
||||
Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Devices that support discard functionality may have
|
||||
internal limits on the number of bytes that can be
|
||||
trimmed or unmapped in a single operation. Some storage
|
||||
protocols also have inherent limits on the number of
|
||||
blocks that can be described in a single command. The
|
||||
discard_max_bytes parameter is set by the device driver
|
||||
to the maximum number of bytes that can be discarded in
|
||||
a single operation. Discard requests issued to the
|
||||
device must not exceed this limit. A discard_max_bytes
|
||||
value of 0 means that the device does not support
|
||||
discard functionality.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/discard_zeroes_data
|
||||
Date: May 2011
|
||||
Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Devices that support discard functionality may return
|
||||
stale or random data when a previously discarded block
|
||||
is read back. This can cause problems if the filesystem
|
||||
expects discarded blocks to be explicitly cleared. If a
|
||||
device reports that it deterministically returns zeroes
|
||||
when a discarded area is read the discard_zeroes_data
|
||||
parameter will be set to one. Otherwise it will be 0 and
|
||||
the result of reading a discarded area is undefined.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/write_same_max_bytes
|
||||
Date: January 2012
|
||||
Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Some devices support a write same operation in which a
|
||||
single data block can be written to a range of several
|
||||
contiguous blocks on storage. This can be used to wipe
|
||||
areas on disk or to initialize drives in a RAID
|
||||
configuration. write_same_max_bytes indicates how many
|
||||
bytes can be written in a single write same command. If
|
||||
write_same_max_bytes is 0, write same is not supported
|
||||
by the device.
|
||||
|
156
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-bcache
Normal file
156
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-bcache
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/unregister
|
||||
Date: November 2010
|
||||
Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
A write to this file causes the backing device or cache to be
|
||||
unregistered. If a backing device had dirty data in the cache,
|
||||
writeback mode is automatically disabled and all dirty data is
|
||||
flushed before the device is unregistered. Caches unregister
|
||||
all associated backing devices before unregistering themselves.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/clear_stats
|
||||
Date: November 2010
|
||||
Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Writing to this file resets all the statistics for the device.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/cache
|
||||
Date: November 2010
|
||||
Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
For a backing device that has cache, a symlink to
|
||||
the bcache/ dir of that cache.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/cache_hits
|
||||
Date: November 2010
|
||||
Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
For backing devices: integer number of full cache hits,
|
||||
counted per bio. A partial cache hit counts as a miss.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/cache_misses
|
||||
Date: November 2010
|
||||
Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
For backing devices: integer number of cache misses.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/cache_hit_ratio
|
||||
Date: November 2010
|
||||
Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
For backing devices: cache hits as a percentage.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/sequential_cutoff
|
||||
Date: November 2010
|
||||
Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
For backing devices: Threshold past which sequential IO will
|
||||
skip the cache. Read and written as bytes in human readable
|
||||
units (i.e. echo 10M > sequntial_cutoff).
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/bypassed
|
||||
Date: November 2010
|
||||
Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Sum of all reads and writes that have bypassed the cache (due
|
||||
to the sequential cutoff). Expressed as bytes in human
|
||||
readable units.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/writeback
|
||||
Date: November 2010
|
||||
Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
For backing devices: When on, writeback caching is enabled and
|
||||
writes will be buffered in the cache. When off, caching is in
|
||||
writethrough mode; reads and writes will be added to the
|
||||
cache but no write buffering will take place.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/writeback_running
|
||||
Date: November 2010
|
||||
Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
For backing devices: when off, dirty data will not be written
|
||||
from the cache to the backing device. The cache will still be
|
||||
used to buffer writes until it is mostly full, at which point
|
||||
writes transparently revert to writethrough mode. Intended only
|
||||
for benchmarking/testing.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/writeback_delay
|
||||
Date: November 2010
|
||||
Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
For backing devices: In writeback mode, when dirty data is
|
||||
written to the cache and the cache held no dirty data for that
|
||||
backing device, writeback from cache to backing device starts
|
||||
after this delay, expressed as an integer number of seconds.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/writeback_percent
|
||||
Date: November 2010
|
||||
Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
For backing devices: If nonzero, writeback from cache to
|
||||
backing device only takes place when more than this percentage
|
||||
of the cache is used, allowing more write coalescing to take
|
||||
place and reducing total number of writes sent to the backing
|
||||
device. Integer between 0 and 40.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/synchronous
|
||||
Date: November 2010
|
||||
Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
For a cache, a boolean that allows synchronous mode to be
|
||||
switched on and off. In synchronous mode all writes are ordered
|
||||
such that the cache can reliably recover from unclean shutdown;
|
||||
if disabled bcache will not generally wait for writes to
|
||||
complete but if the cache is not shut down cleanly all data
|
||||
will be discarded from the cache. Should not be turned off with
|
||||
writeback caching enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/discard
|
||||
Date: November 2010
|
||||
Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
For a cache, a boolean allowing discard/TRIM to be turned off
|
||||
or back on if the device supports it.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/bucket_size
|
||||
Date: November 2010
|
||||
Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
For a cache, bucket size in human readable units, as set at
|
||||
cache creation time; should match the erase block size of the
|
||||
SSD for optimal performance.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/nbuckets
|
||||
Date: November 2010
|
||||
Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
For a cache, the number of usable buckets.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/tree_depth
|
||||
Date: November 2010
|
||||
Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
For a cache, height of the btree excluding leaf nodes (i.e. a
|
||||
one node tree will have a depth of 0).
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/btree_cache_size
|
||||
Date: November 2010
|
||||
Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Number of btree buckets/nodes that are currently cached in
|
||||
memory; cache dynamically grows and shrinks in response to
|
||||
memory pressure from the rest of the system.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/written
|
||||
Date: November 2010
|
||||
Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
For a cache, total amount of data in human readable units
|
||||
written to the cache, excluding all metadata.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/btree_written
|
||||
Date: November 2010
|
||||
Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
For a cache, sum of all btree writes in human readable units.
|
25
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-dm
Normal file
25
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-dm
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/block/dm-<num>/dm/name
|
||||
Date: January 2009
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.29
|
||||
Contact: dm-devel@redhat.com
|
||||
Description: Device-mapper device name.
|
||||
Read-only string containing mapped device name.
|
||||
Users: util-linux, device-mapper udev rules
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/dm-<num>/dm/uuid
|
||||
Date: January 2009
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.29
|
||||
Contact: dm-devel@redhat.com
|
||||
Description: Device-mapper device UUID.
|
||||
Read-only string containing DM-UUID or empty string
|
||||
if DM-UUID is not set.
|
||||
Users: util-linux, device-mapper udev rules
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/dm-<num>/dm/suspended
|
||||
Date: June 2009
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.31
|
||||
Contact: dm-devel@redhat.com
|
||||
Description: Device-mapper device suspend state.
|
||||
Contains the value 1 while the device is suspended.
|
||||
Otherwise it contains 0. Read-only attribute.
|
||||
Users: util-linux, device-mapper udev rules
|
5
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rssd
Normal file
5
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rssd
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/block/rssd*/status
|
||||
Date: April 2012
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.4
|
||||
Contact: Asai Thambi S P <asamymuthupa@micron.com>
|
||||
Description: This is a read-only file. Indicates the status of the device.
|
100
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram
Normal file
100
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/block/zram<id>/disksize
|
||||
Date: August 2010
|
||||
Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The disksize file is read-write and specifies the disk size
|
||||
which represents the limit on the *uncompressed* worth of data
|
||||
that can be stored in this disk.
|
||||
Unit: bytes
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/zram<id>/initstate
|
||||
Date: August 2010
|
||||
Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The initstate file is read-only and shows the initialization
|
||||
state of the device.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/zram<id>/reset
|
||||
Date: August 2010
|
||||
Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The reset file is write-only and allows resetting the
|
||||
device. The reset operation frees all the memory associated
|
||||
with this device.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/zram<id>/num_reads
|
||||
Date: August 2010
|
||||
Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The num_reads file is read-only and specifies the number of
|
||||
reads (failed or successful) done on this device.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/zram<id>/num_writes
|
||||
Date: August 2010
|
||||
Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The num_writes file is read-only and specifies the number of
|
||||
writes (failed or successful) done on this device.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/zram<id>/invalid_io
|
||||
Date: August 2010
|
||||
Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The invalid_io file is read-only and specifies the number of
|
||||
non-page-size-aligned I/O requests issued to this device.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/zram<id>/notify_free
|
||||
Date: August 2010
|
||||
Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The notify_free file is read-only and specifies the number of
|
||||
swap slot free notifications received by this device. These
|
||||
notifications are sent to a swap block device when a swap slot
|
||||
is freed. This statistic is applicable only when this disk is
|
||||
being used as a swap disk.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/zram<id>/discard
|
||||
Date: August 2010
|
||||
Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The discard file is read-only and specifies the number of
|
||||
discard requests received by this device. These requests
|
||||
provide information to block device regarding blocks which are
|
||||
no longer used by filesystem.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/zram<id>/zero_pages
|
||||
Date: August 2010
|
||||
Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The zero_pages file is read-only and specifies number of zero
|
||||
filled pages written to this disk. No memory is allocated for
|
||||
such pages.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/zram<id>/orig_data_size
|
||||
Date: August 2010
|
||||
Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The orig_data_size file is read-only and specifies uncompressed
|
||||
size of data stored in this disk. This excludes zero-filled
|
||||
pages (zero_pages) since no memory is allocated for them.
|
||||
Unit: bytes
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/zram<id>/compr_data_size
|
||||
Date: August 2010
|
||||
Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The compr_data_size file is read-only and specifies compressed
|
||||
size of data stored in this disk. So, compression ratio can be
|
||||
calculated using orig_data_size and this statistic.
|
||||
Unit: bytes
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/zram<id>/mem_used_total
|
||||
Date: August 2010
|
||||
Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The mem_used_total file is read-only and specifies the amount
|
||||
of memory, including allocator fragmentation and metadata
|
||||
overhead, allocated for this disk. So, allocator space
|
||||
efficiency can be calculated using compr_data_size and this
|
||||
statistic.
|
||||
Unit: bytes
|
58
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi
Normal file
58
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../path
|
||||
Date: December 2006
|
||||
Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
This attribute indicates the full path of ACPI namespace
|
||||
object associated with the device object. For example,
|
||||
\_SB_.PCI0.
|
||||
This file is not present for device objects representing
|
||||
fixed ACPI hardware features (like power and sleep
|
||||
buttons).
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../modalias
|
||||
Date: July 2007
|
||||
Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
This attribute indicates the PNP IDs of the device object.
|
||||
That is acpi:HHHHHHHH:[CCCCCCC:]. Where each HHHHHHHH or
|
||||
CCCCCCCC contains device object's PNPID (_HID or _CID).
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../hid
|
||||
Date: April 2005
|
||||
Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
This attribute indicates the hardware ID (_HID) of the
|
||||
device object. For example, PNP0103.
|
||||
This file is present for device objects having the _HID
|
||||
control method.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../description
|
||||
Date: October 2012
|
||||
Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
This attribute contains the output of the device object's
|
||||
_STR control method, if present.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../adr
|
||||
Date: October 2012
|
||||
Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
This attribute contains the output of the device object's
|
||||
_ADR control method, which is present for ACPI device
|
||||
objects representing devices having standard enumeration
|
||||
algorithms, such as PCI.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../uid
|
||||
Date: October 2012
|
||||
Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
This attribute contains the output of the device object's
|
||||
_UID control method, if present.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../eject
|
||||
Date: December 2006
|
||||
Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Writing 1 to this attribute will trigger hot removal of
|
||||
this device object. This file exists for every device
|
||||
object that has _EJ0 method.
|
31
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-bcma
Normal file
31
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-bcma
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/bcma/devices/.../manuf
|
||||
Date: May 2011
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.0
|
||||
Contact: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Each BCMA core has it's manufacturer id. See
|
||||
include/linux/bcma/bcma.h for possible values.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/bcma/devices/.../id
|
||||
Date: May 2011
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.0
|
||||
Contact: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
There are a few types of BCMA cores, they can be identified by
|
||||
id field.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/bcma/devices/.../rev
|
||||
Date: May 2011
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.0
|
||||
Contact: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
BCMA cores of the same type can still slightly differ depending
|
||||
on their revision. Use it for detailed programming.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/bcma/devices/.../class
|
||||
Date: May 2011
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.0
|
||||
Contact: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Each BCMA core is identified by few fields, including class it
|
||||
belongs to. See include/linux/bcma/bcma.h for possible values.
|
35
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css
Normal file
35
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/css/devices/.../type
|
||||
Date: March 2008
|
||||
Contact: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
|
||||
linux-s390@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description: Contains the subchannel type, as reported by the hardware.
|
||||
This attribute is present for all subchannel types.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/css/devices/.../modalias
|
||||
Date: March 2008
|
||||
Contact: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
|
||||
linux-s390@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description: Contains the module alias as reported with uevents.
|
||||
It is of the format css:t<type> and present for all
|
||||
subchannel types.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/css/drivers/io_subchannel/.../chpids
|
||||
Date: December 2002
|
||||
Contact: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
|
||||
linux-s390@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description: Contains the ids of the channel paths used by this
|
||||
subchannel, as reported by the channel subsystem
|
||||
during subchannel recognition.
|
||||
Note: This is an I/O-subchannel specific attribute.
|
||||
Users: s390-tools, HAL
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/css/drivers/io_subchannel/.../pimpampom
|
||||
Date: December 2002
|
||||
Contact: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
|
||||
linux-s390@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description: Contains the PIM/PAM/POM values, as reported by the
|
||||
channel subsystem when last queried by the common I/O
|
||||
layer (this implies that this attribute is not necessarily
|
||||
in sync with the values current in the channel subsystem).
|
||||
Note: This is an I/O-subchannel specific attribute.
|
||||
Users: s390-tools, HAL
|
@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/cpu/events/
|
||||
/sys/devices/cpu/events/branch-misses
|
||||
/sys/devices/cpu/events/cache-references
|
||||
/sys/devices/cpu/events/cache-misses
|
||||
/sys/devices/cpu/events/stalled-cycles-frontend
|
||||
/sys/devices/cpu/events/branch-instructions
|
||||
/sys/devices/cpu/events/stalled-cycles-backend
|
||||
/sys/devices/cpu/events/instructions
|
||||
/sys/devices/cpu/events/cpu-cycles
|
||||
|
||||
Date: 2013/01/08
|
||||
|
||||
Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
|
||||
|
||||
Description: Generic performance monitoring events
|
||||
|
||||
A collection of performance monitoring events that may be
|
||||
supported by many/most CPUs. These events can be monitored
|
||||
using the 'perf(1)' tool.
|
||||
|
||||
The contents of each file would look like:
|
||||
|
||||
event=0xNNNN
|
||||
|
||||
where 'N' is a hex digit and the number '0xNNNN' shows the
|
||||
"raw code" for the perf event identified by the file's
|
||||
"basename".
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_1PLUS_PPC_CMPL
|
||||
/sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_BRU_FIN
|
||||
/sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_BR_MPRED
|
||||
/sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_CMPLU_STALL
|
||||
/sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_CMPLU_STALL_BRU
|
||||
/sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_CMPLU_STALL_DCACHE_MISS
|
||||
/sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_CMPLU_STALL_DFU
|
||||
/sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_CMPLU_STALL_DIV
|
||||
/sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_CMPLU_STALL_ERAT_MISS
|
||||
/sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_CMPLU_STALL_FXU
|
||||
/sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_CMPLU_STALL_IFU
|
||||
/sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_CMPLU_STALL_LSU
|
||||
/sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_CMPLU_STALL_REJECT
|
||||
/sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_CMPLU_STALL_SCALAR
|
||||
/sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_CMPLU_STALL_SCALAR_LONG
|
||||
/sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_CMPLU_STALL_STORE
|
||||
/sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_CMPLU_STALL_THRD
|
||||
/sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_CMPLU_STALL_VECTOR
|
||||
/sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_CMPLU_STALL_VECTOR_LONG
|
||||
/sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_CYC
|
||||
/sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_GCT_NOSLOT_BR_MPRED
|
||||
/sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_GCT_NOSLOT_BR_MPRED_IC_MISS
|
||||
/sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_GCT_NOSLOT_CYC
|
||||
/sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_GCT_NOSLOT_IC_MISS
|
||||
/sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_GRP_CMPL
|
||||
/sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_INST_CMPL
|
||||
/sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_LD_MISS_L1
|
||||
/sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_LD_REF_L1
|
||||
/sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_RUN_CYC
|
||||
/sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_RUN_INST_CMPL
|
||||
|
||||
Date: 2013/01/08
|
||||
|
||||
Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
|
||||
Linux Powerpc mailing list <linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org>
|
||||
|
||||
Description: POWER-systems specific performance monitoring events
|
||||
|
||||
A collection of performance monitoring events that may be
|
||||
supported by the POWER CPU. These events can be monitored
|
||||
using the 'perf(1)' tool.
|
||||
|
||||
These events may not be supported by other CPUs.
|
||||
|
||||
The contents of each file would look like:
|
||||
|
||||
event=0xNNNN
|
||||
|
||||
where 'N' is a hex digit and the number '0xNNNN' shows the
|
||||
"raw code" for the perf event identified by the file's
|
||||
"basename".
|
||||
|
||||
Further, multiple terms like 'event=0xNNNN' can be specified
|
||||
and separated with comma. All available terms are defined in
|
||||
the /sys/bus/event_source/devices/<dev>/format file.
|
@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
|
||||
Where: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/<dev>/format
|
||||
Date: January 2012
|
||||
Kernel Version: 3.3
|
||||
Contact: Jiri Olsa <jolsa@redhat.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Attribute group to describe the magic bits that go into
|
||||
perf_event_attr::config[012] for a particular pmu.
|
||||
Each attribute of this group defines the 'hardware' bitmask
|
||||
we want to export, so that userspace can deal with sane
|
||||
name/value pairs.
|
||||
|
||||
Userspace must be prepared for the possibility that attributes
|
||||
define overlapping bit ranges. For example:
|
||||
attr1 = 'config:0-23'
|
||||
attr2 = 'config:0-7'
|
||||
attr3 = 'config:12-35'
|
||||
|
||||
Example: 'config1:1,6-10,44'
|
||||
Defines contents of attribute that occupies bits 1,6-10,44 of
|
||||
perf_event_attr::config1.
|
116
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe
Normal file
116
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/fcoe/
|
||||
Date: August 2012
|
||||
KernelVersion: TBD
|
||||
Contact: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>, devel@open-fcoe.org
|
||||
Description: The FCoE bus. Attributes in this directory are control interfaces.
|
||||
Attributes:
|
||||
|
||||
ctlr_create: 'FCoE Controller' instance creation interface. Writing an
|
||||
<ifname> to this file will allocate and populate sysfs with a
|
||||
fcoe_ctlr_device (ctlr_X). The user can then configure any
|
||||
per-port settings and finally write to the fcoe_ctlr_device's
|
||||
'start' attribute to begin the kernel's discovery and login
|
||||
process.
|
||||
|
||||
ctlr_destroy: 'FCoE Controller' instance removal interface. Writing a
|
||||
fcoe_ctlr_device's sysfs name to this file will log the
|
||||
fcoe_ctlr_device out of the fabric or otherwise connected
|
||||
FCoE devices. It will also free all kernel memory allocated
|
||||
for this fcoe_ctlr_device and any structures associated
|
||||
with it, this includes the scsi_host.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/fcoe/devices/ctlr_X
|
||||
Date: March 2012
|
||||
KernelVersion: TBD
|
||||
Contact: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>, devel@open-fcoe.org
|
||||
Description: 'FCoE Controller' instances on the fcoe bus.
|
||||
The FCoE Controller now has a three stage creation process.
|
||||
1) Write interface name to ctlr_create 2) Configure the FCoE
|
||||
Controller (ctlr_X) 3) Enable the FCoE Controller to begin
|
||||
discovery and login. The FCoE Controller is destroyed by
|
||||
writing it's name, i.e. ctlr_X to the ctlr_delete file.
|
||||
|
||||
Attributes:
|
||||
|
||||
fcf_dev_loss_tmo: Device loss timeout peroid (see below). Changing
|
||||
this value will change the dev_loss_tmo for all
|
||||
FCFs discovered by this controller.
|
||||
|
||||
mode: Display or change the FCoE Controller's mode. Possible
|
||||
modes are 'Fabric' and 'VN2VN'. If a FCoE Controller
|
||||
is started in 'Fabric' mode then FIP FCF discovery is
|
||||
initiated and ultimately a fabric login is attempted.
|
||||
If a FCoE Controller is started in 'VN2VN' mode then
|
||||
FIP VN2VN discovery and login is performed. A FCoE
|
||||
Controller only supports one mode at a time.
|
||||
|
||||
enabled: Whether an FCoE controller is enabled or disabled.
|
||||
0 if disabled, 1 if enabled. Writing either 0 or 1
|
||||
to this file will enable or disable the FCoE controller.
|
||||
|
||||
lesb/link_fail: Link Error Status Block (LESB) link failure count.
|
||||
|
||||
lesb/vlink_fail: Link Error Status Block (LESB) virtual link
|
||||
failure count.
|
||||
|
||||
lesb/miss_fka: Link Error Status Block (LESB) missed FCoE
|
||||
Initialization Protocol (FIP) Keep-Alives (FKA).
|
||||
|
||||
lesb/symb_err: Link Error Status Block (LESB) symbolic error count.
|
||||
|
||||
lesb/err_block: Link Error Status Block (LESB) block error count.
|
||||
|
||||
lesb/fcs_error: Link Error Status Block (LESB) Fibre Channel
|
||||
Serivces error count.
|
||||
|
||||
Notes: ctlr_X (global increment starting at 0)
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/fcoe/devices/fcf_X
|
||||
Date: March 2012
|
||||
KernelVersion: TBD
|
||||
Contact: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>, devel@open-fcoe.org
|
||||
Description: 'FCoE FCF' instances on the fcoe bus. A FCF is a Fibre Channel
|
||||
Forwarder, which is a FCoE switch that can accept FCoE
|
||||
(Ethernet) packets, unpack them, and forward the embedded
|
||||
Fibre Channel frames into a FC fabric. It can also take
|
||||
outbound FC frames and pack them in Ethernet packets to
|
||||
be sent to their destination on the Ethernet segment.
|
||||
Attributes:
|
||||
|
||||
fabric_name: Identifies the fabric that the FCF services.
|
||||
|
||||
switch_name: Identifies the FCF.
|
||||
|
||||
priority: The switch's priority amongst other FCFs on the same
|
||||
fabric.
|
||||
|
||||
selected: 1 indicates that the switch has been selected for use;
|
||||
0 indicates that the swich will not be used.
|
||||
|
||||
fc_map: The Fibre Channel MAP
|
||||
|
||||
vfid: The Virtual Fabric ID
|
||||
|
||||
mac: The FCF's MAC address
|
||||
|
||||
fka_peroid: The FIP Keep-Alive peroid
|
||||
|
||||
fabric_state: The internal kernel state
|
||||
"Unknown" - Initialization value
|
||||
"Disconnected" - No link to the FCF/fabric
|
||||
"Connected" - Host is connected to the FCF
|
||||
"Deleted" - FCF is being removed from the system
|
||||
|
||||
dev_loss_tmo: The device loss timeout peroid for this FCF.
|
||||
|
||||
Notes: A device loss infrastructre similar to the FC Transport's
|
||||
is present in fcoe_sysfs. It is nice to have so that a
|
||||
link flapping adapter doesn't continually advance the count
|
||||
used to identify the discovered FCF. FCFs will exist in a
|
||||
"Disconnected" state until either the timer expires and the
|
||||
FCF becomes "Deleted" or the FCF is rediscovered and becomes
|
||||
"Connected."
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Users: The first user of this interface will be the fcoeadm application,
|
||||
which is commonly packaged in the fcoe-utils package.
|
19
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-hsi
Normal file
19
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-hsi
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/hsi
|
||||
Date: April 2012
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.4
|
||||
Contact: Carlos Chinea <carlos.chinea@nokia.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
High Speed Synchronous Serial Interface (HSI) is a
|
||||
serial interface mainly used for connecting application
|
||||
engines (APE) with cellular modem engines (CMT) in cellular
|
||||
handsets.
|
||||
The bus will be populated with devices (hsi_clients) representing
|
||||
the protocols available in the system. Bus drivers implement
|
||||
those protocols.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/hsi/devices/.../modalias
|
||||
Date: April 2012
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.4
|
||||
Contact: Carlos Chinea <carlos.chinea@nokia.com>
|
||||
Description: Stores the same MODALIAS value emitted by uevent
|
||||
Format: hsi:<hsi_client device name>
|
21
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-fsa9480
Normal file
21
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-fsa9480
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../device
|
||||
Date: February 2011
|
||||
Contact: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
show what device is attached
|
||||
NONE - no device
|
||||
USB - USB device is attached
|
||||
UART - UART is attached
|
||||
CHARGER - Charger is attaced
|
||||
JIG - JIG is attached
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../switch
|
||||
Date: February 2011
|
||||
Contact: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
show or set the state of manual switch
|
||||
VAUDIO - switch to VAUDIO path
|
||||
UART - switch to UART path
|
||||
AUDIO - switch to AUDIO path
|
||||
DHOST - switch to DHOST path
|
||||
AUTO - switch automatically by device
|
21
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-hm6352
Normal file
21
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-hm6352
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
|
||||
Where: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../heading0_input
|
||||
Date: April 2010
|
||||
Kernel Version: 2.6.36?
|
||||
Contact: alan.cox@intel.com
|
||||
Description: Reports the current heading from the compass as a floating
|
||||
point value in degrees.
|
||||
|
||||
Where: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../power_state
|
||||
Date: April 2010
|
||||
Kernel Version: 2.6.36?
|
||||
Contact: alan.cox@intel.com
|
||||
Description: Sets the power state of the device. 0 sets the device into
|
||||
sleep mode, 1 wakes it up.
|
||||
|
||||
Where: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../calibration
|
||||
Date: April 2010
|
||||
Kernel Version: 2.6.36?
|
||||
Contact: alan.cox@intel.com
|
||||
Description: Sets the calibration on or off (1 = on, 0 = off). See the
|
||||
chip data sheet.
|
||||
|
15
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-lm3533
Normal file
15
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-lm3533
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../output_hvled[n]
|
||||
Date: April 2012
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.5
|
||||
Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Set the controlling backlight device for high-voltage current
|
||||
sink HVLED[n] (n = 1, 2) (0, 1).
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../output_lvled[n]
|
||||
Date: April 2012
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.5
|
||||
Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Set the controlling led device for low-voltage current sink
|
||||
LVLED[n] (n = 1..5) (0..3).
|
893
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio
Normal file
893
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,893 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.35
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Hardware chip or device accessed by one communication port.
|
||||
Corresponds to a grouping of sensor channels. X is the IIO
|
||||
index of the device.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.35
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
An event driven driver of data capture to an in kernel buffer.
|
||||
May be provided by a device driver that also has an IIO device
|
||||
based on hardware generated events (e.g. data ready) or
|
||||
provided by a separate driver for other hardware (e.g.
|
||||
periodic timer, GPIO or high resolution timer).
|
||||
Contains trigger type specific elements. These do not
|
||||
generalize well and hence are not documented in this file.
|
||||
X is the IIO index of the trigger.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.35
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Directory of attributes relating to the buffer for the device.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/name
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.35
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Description of the physical chip / device for device X.
|
||||
Typically a part number.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/sampling_frequency
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/sampling_frequency
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/sampling_frequency
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.35
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Some devices have internal clocks. This parameter sets the
|
||||
resulting sampling frequency. In many devices this
|
||||
parameter has an effect on input filters etc. rather than
|
||||
simply controlling when the input is sampled. As this
|
||||
effects data ready triggers, hardware buffers and the sysfs
|
||||
direct access interfaces, it may be found in any of the
|
||||
relevant directories. If it effects all of the above
|
||||
then it is to be found in the base device directory.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/sampling_frequency_available
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/buffer/sampling_frequency_available
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/sampling_frequency_available
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.35
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
When the internal sampling clock can only take a small
|
||||
discrete set of values, this file lists those available.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/oversampling_ratio
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.38
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Hardware dependent ADC oversampling. Controls the sampling ratio
|
||||
of the digital filter if available.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/oversampling_ratio_available
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.38
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Hardware dependent values supported by the oversampling filter.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_raw
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_supply_raw
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.35
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Raw (unscaled no bias removal etc.) voltage measurement from
|
||||
channel Y. In special cases where the channel does not
|
||||
correspond to externally available input one of the named
|
||||
versions may be used. The number must always be specified and
|
||||
unique to allow association with event codes. Units after
|
||||
application of scale and offset are millivolts.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY-voltageZ_raw
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.35
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Raw (unscaled) differential voltage measurement equivalent to
|
||||
channel Y - channel Z where these channel numbers apply to the
|
||||
physically equivalent inputs when non differential readings are
|
||||
separately available. In differential only parts, then all that
|
||||
is required is a consistent labeling. Units after application
|
||||
of scale and offset are millivolts.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_capacitanceY_raw
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.2
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Raw capacitance measurement from channel Y. Units after
|
||||
application of scale and offset are nanofarads.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_capacitanceY-in_capacitanceZ_raw
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.2
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Raw differential capacitance measurement equivalent to
|
||||
channel Y - channel Z where these channel numbers apply to the
|
||||
physically equivalent inputs when non differential readings are
|
||||
separately available. In differential only parts, then all that
|
||||
is required is a consistent labeling. Units after application
|
||||
of scale and offset are nanofarads.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_raw
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempX_raw
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_x_raw
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_y_raw
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_z_raw
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.35
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Raw (unscaled no bias removal etc.) temperature measurement.
|
||||
If an axis is specified it generally means that the temperature
|
||||
sensor is associated with one part of a compound device (e.g.
|
||||
a gyroscope axis). Units after application of scale and offset
|
||||
are milli degrees Celsius.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempX_input
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.38
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Scaled temperature measurement in milli degrees Celsius.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_raw
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_raw
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_raw
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.35
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Acceleration in direction x, y or z (may be arbitrarily assigned
|
||||
but should match other such assignments on device).
|
||||
Has all of the equivalent parameters as per voltageY. Units
|
||||
after application of scale and offset are m/s^2.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_x_raw
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_y_raw
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_z_raw
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.35
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Angular velocity about axis x, y or z (may be arbitrarily
|
||||
assigned). Has all the equivalent parameters as per voltageY.
|
||||
Units after application of scale and offset are radians per
|
||||
second.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_incli_x_raw
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_incli_y_raw
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_incli_z_raw
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.35
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Inclination raw reading about axis x, y or z (may be
|
||||
arbitrarily assigned). Data converted by application of offset
|
||||
and scale to degrees.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_x_raw
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_y_raw
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_z_raw
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.35
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Magnetic field along axis x, y or z (may be arbitrarily
|
||||
assigned). Data converted by application of offset
|
||||
then scale to Gauss.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_peak_raw
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_peak_raw
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_peak_raw
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.36
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Highest value since some reset condition. These
|
||||
attributes allow access to this and are otherwise
|
||||
the direct equivalent of the <type>Y[_name]_raw attributes.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_xyz_squared_peak_raw
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.36
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
A computed peak value based on the sum squared magnitude of
|
||||
the underlying value in the specified directions.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_raw
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_raw
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.8
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Raw pressure measurement from channel Y. Units after
|
||||
application of scale and offset are kilopascal.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_humidityrelative_raw
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.14
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Raw humidity measurement of air. Units after application of
|
||||
scale and offset are milli percent.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_humidityrelative_input
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.14
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Scaled humidity measurement in milli percent.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_offset
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_offset
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_offset
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_offset
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_offset
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_offset
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempY_offset
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_offset
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_offset
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_offset
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.35
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
If known for a device, offset to be added to <type>[Y]_raw prior
|
||||
to scaling by <type>[Y]_scale in order to obtain value in the
|
||||
<type> units as specified in <type>[Y]_raw documentation.
|
||||
Not present if the offset is always 0 or unknown. If Y or
|
||||
axis <x|y|z> is not present, then the offset applies to all
|
||||
in channels of <type>.
|
||||
May be writable if a variable offset can be applied on the
|
||||
device. Note that this is different to calibbias which
|
||||
is for devices (or drivers) that apply offsets to compensate
|
||||
for variation between different instances of the part, typically
|
||||
adjusted by using some hardware supported calibration procedure.
|
||||
Calibbias is applied internally, offset is applied in userspace
|
||||
to the _raw output.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_scale
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_supply_scale
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_scale
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_scale
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_scale
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_scale
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_peak_scale
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_scale
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_scale
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_x_scale
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_y_scale
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_z_scale
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_scale
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_scale
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.35
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
If known for a device, scale to be applied to <type>Y[_name]_raw
|
||||
post addition of <type>[Y][_name]_offset in order to obtain the
|
||||
measured value in <type> units as specified in
|
||||
<type>[Y][_name]_raw documentation. If shared across all in
|
||||
channels then Y and <x|y|z> are not present and the value is
|
||||
called <type>[Y][_name]_scale. The peak modifier means this
|
||||
value is applied to <type>Y[_name]_peak_raw values.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_calibbias
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_calibbias
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_calibbias
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_x_calibbias
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_y_calibbias
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_z_calibbias
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance0_calibbias
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity0_calibbias
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_calibbias
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_calibbias
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.35
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Hardware applied calibration offset (assumed to fix production
|
||||
inaccuracies).
|
||||
|
||||
What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_calibscale
|
||||
What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_supply_calibscale
|
||||
What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_calibscale
|
||||
What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_calibscale
|
||||
What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_calibscale
|
||||
What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_calibscale
|
||||
What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_x_calibscale
|
||||
What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_y_calibscale
|
||||
What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_z_calibscale
|
||||
what /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance0_calibscale
|
||||
what /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity0_calibscale
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_calibscale
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_calibscale
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.35
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Hardware applied calibration scale factor (assumed to fix
|
||||
production inaccuracies). If shared across all channels,
|
||||
<type>_calibscale is used.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_scale_available
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_voltageX_scale_available
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_voltage-voltage_scale_available
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_voltageX_scale_available
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageX_scale_available
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_capacitance_scale_available
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_pressure_scale_available
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_scale_available
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.35
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
If a discrete set of scale values is available, they
|
||||
are listed in this attribute.
|
||||
|
||||
What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_hardwaregain
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.35
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Hardware applied gain factor. If shared across all channels,
|
||||
<type>_hardwaregain is used.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/.../in_accel_filter_low_pass_3db_frequency
|
||||
What: /sys/.../in_magn_filter_low_pass_3db_frequency
|
||||
What: /sys/.../in_anglvel_filter_low_pass_3db_frequency
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.2
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
If a known or controllable low pass filter is applied
|
||||
to the underlying data channel, then this parameter
|
||||
gives the 3dB frequency of the filter in Hz.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_raw
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_raw
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.37
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Raw (unscaled, no bias etc.) output voltage for
|
||||
channel Y. The number must always be specified and
|
||||
unique if the output corresponds to a single channel.
|
||||
While DAC like devices typically use out_voltage,
|
||||
a continuous frequency generating device, such as
|
||||
a DDS or PLL should use out_altvoltage.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY&Z_raw
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY&Z_raw
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.37
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Raw (unscaled, no bias etc.) output voltage for an aggregate of
|
||||
channel Y, channel Z, etc. This interface is available in cases
|
||||
where a single output sets the value for multiple channels
|
||||
simultaneously.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_powerdown_mode
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltage_powerdown_mode
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_powerdown_mode
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltage_powerdown_mode
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.38
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Specifies the output powerdown mode.
|
||||
DAC output stage is disconnected from the amplifier and
|
||||
1kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via an 1kOhm resistor,
|
||||
6kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via a 6kOhm resistor,
|
||||
20kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via a 20kOhm resistor,
|
||||
100kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via an 100kOhm resistor,
|
||||
500kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via a 500kOhm resistor,
|
||||
three_state: left floating.
|
||||
For a list of available output power down options read
|
||||
outX_powerdown_mode_available. If Y is not present the
|
||||
mode is shared across all outputs.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_votlageY_powerdown_mode_available
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_voltage_powerdown_mode_available
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_altvotlageY_powerdown_mode_available
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_altvoltage_powerdown_mode_available
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.38
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Lists all available output power down modes.
|
||||
If Y is not present the mode is shared across all outputs.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_powerdown
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltage_powerdown
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_powerdown
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltage_powerdown
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.38
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Writing 1 causes output Y to enter the power down mode specified
|
||||
by the corresponding outY_powerdown_mode. DAC output stage is
|
||||
disconnected from the amplifier. Clearing returns to normal
|
||||
operation. Y may be suppressed if all outputs are controlled
|
||||
together.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_frequency
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.4.0
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Output frequency for channel Y in Hz. The number must always be
|
||||
specified and unique if the output corresponds to a single
|
||||
channel.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_phase
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.4.0
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Phase in radians of one frequency/clock output Y
|
||||
(out_altvoltageY) relative to another frequency/clock output
|
||||
(out_altvoltageZ) of the device X. The number must always be
|
||||
specified and unique if the output corresponds to a single
|
||||
channel.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/events
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.35
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Configuration of which hardware generated events are passed up
|
||||
to user-space.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_thresh_rising_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_thresh_falling_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_thresh_rising_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_thresh_falling_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_thresh_rising_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_thresh_falling_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_rising_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_falling_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_rising_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_falling_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_rising_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_falling_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_x_thresh_rising_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_x_thresh_falling_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_y_thresh_rising_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_y_thresh_falling_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_z_thresh_rising_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_z_thresh_falling_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_supply_thresh_rising_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_supply_thresh_falling_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_thresh_rising_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_thresh_falling_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_tempY_thresh_rising_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_tempY_thresh_falling_en
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.37
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Event generated when channel passes a threshold in the specified
|
||||
(_rising|_falling) direction. If the direction is not specified,
|
||||
then either the device will report an event which ever direction
|
||||
a single threshold value is passed in (e.g.
|
||||
<type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_thresh_value) or
|
||||
<type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_thresh_rising_value and
|
||||
<type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_thresh_falling_value may take
|
||||
different values, but the device can only enable both thresholds
|
||||
or neither.
|
||||
Note the driver will assume the last p events requested are
|
||||
to be enabled where p is how many it supports (which may vary
|
||||
depending on the exact set requested. So if you want to be
|
||||
sure you have set what you think you have, check the contents of
|
||||
these attributes after everything is configured. Drivers may
|
||||
have to buffer any parameters so that they are consistent when
|
||||
a given event type is enabled at a future point (and not those for
|
||||
whatever event was previously enabled).
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_roc_rising_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_roc_falling_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_roc_rising_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_roc_falling_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_roc_rising_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_roc_falling_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_x_roc_rising_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_x_roc_falling_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_y_roc_rising_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_y_roc_falling_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_z_roc_rising_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_z_roc_falling_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_x_roc_rising_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_x_roc_falling_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_y_roc_rising_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_y_roc_falling_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_z_roc_rising_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_z_roc_falling_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_supply_roc_rising_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_supply_roc_falling_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_roc_rising_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_roc_falling_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_tempY_roc_rising_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_tempY_roc_falling_en
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.37
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Event generated when channel passes a threshold on the rate of
|
||||
change (1st differential) in the specified (_rising|_falling)
|
||||
direction. If the direction is not specified, then either the
|
||||
device will report an event which ever direction a single
|
||||
threshold value is passed in (e.g.
|
||||
<type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_roc_value) or
|
||||
<type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_roc_rising_value and
|
||||
<type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_roc_falling_value may take
|
||||
different values, but the device can only enable both rate of
|
||||
change thresholds or neither.
|
||||
Note the driver will assume the last p events requested are
|
||||
to be enabled where p is however many it supports (which may
|
||||
vary depending on the exact set requested. So if you want to be
|
||||
sure you have set what you think you have, check the contents of
|
||||
these attributes after everything is configured. Drivers may
|
||||
have to buffer any parameters so that they are consistent when
|
||||
a given event type is enabled a future point (and not those for
|
||||
whatever event was previously enabled).
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_thresh_rising_value
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_thresh_falling_value
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_raw_thresh_rising_value
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_raw_thresh_falling_value
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_raw_thresh_rising_value
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_raw_thresh_falling_value
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_raw_thresh_rising_value
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_raw_thresh_falling_value
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_raw_thresh_rising_value
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_raw_thresh_falling_value
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_raw_thresh_rising_value
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_raw_thresh_falling_value
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_raw_thresh_rising_value
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_raw_thresh_falling_value
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_raw_thresh_rising_value
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_raw_thresh_falling_value
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_raw_thresh_rising_value
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_raw_thresh_falling_value
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_raw_thresh_rising_value
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_raw_thresh_falling_value
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_raw_thresh_rising_value
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_raw_thresh_falling_value
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_raw_thresh_rising_value
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_raw_thresh_falling_value
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_falling_value
|
||||
what: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_rising_value
|
||||
what: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_falling_value
|
||||
what: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_rising_value
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.37
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Specifies the value of threshold that the device is comparing
|
||||
against for the events enabled by
|
||||
<type>Y[_name]_thresh[_rising|falling]_en.
|
||||
If separate attributes exist for the two directions, but
|
||||
direction is not specified for this attribute, then a single
|
||||
threshold value applies to both directions.
|
||||
The raw or input element of the name indicates whether the
|
||||
value is in raw device units or in processed units (as _raw
|
||||
and _input do on sysfs direct channel read attributes).
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_thresh_rising_hysteresis
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_thresh_falling_hysteresis
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_thresh_either_hysteresis
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_thresh_rising_hysteresis
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_thresh_falling_hysteresis
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_thresh_either_hysteresis
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_thresh_rising_hysteresis
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_thresh_falling_hysteresis
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_thresh_either_hysteresis
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_rising_hysteresis
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_falling_hysteresis
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_either_hysteresis
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_rising_hysteresis
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_falling_hysteresis
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_either_hysteresis
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_rising_hysteresis
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_falling_hysteresis
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_either_hysteresis
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_thresh_rising_hysteresis
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_thresh_falling_hysteresis
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_thresh_either_hysteresis
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_thresh_rising_hysteresis
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_thresh_falling_hysteresis
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_thresh_either_hysteresis
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_thresh_rising_hysteresis
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_thresh_falling_hysteresis
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_thresh_either_hysteresis
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_thresh_rising_hysteresis
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_thresh_falling_hysteresis
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_thresh_either_hysteresis
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_thresh_rising_hysteresis
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_thresh_falling_hysteresis
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_thresh_either_hysteresis
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_falling_hysteresis
|
||||
what: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_rising_hysteresis
|
||||
what: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_either_hysteresis
|
||||
what: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_falling_hysteresis
|
||||
what: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_rising_hysteresis
|
||||
what: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_either_hysteresis
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.13
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Specifies the hysteresis of threshold that the device is comparing
|
||||
against for the events enabled by
|
||||
<type>Y[_name]_thresh[_(rising|falling)]_hysteresis.
|
||||
If separate attributes exist for the two directions, but
|
||||
direction is not specified for this attribute, then a single
|
||||
hysteresis value applies to both directions.
|
||||
For falling events the hysteresis is added to the _value attribute for
|
||||
this event to get the upper threshold for when the event goes back to
|
||||
normal, for rising events the hysteresis is subtracted from the _value
|
||||
attribute. E.g. if in_voltage0_raw_thresh_rising_value is set to 1200
|
||||
and in_voltage0_raw_thresh_rising_hysteresis is set to 50. The event
|
||||
will get activated once in_voltage0_raw goes above 1200 and will become
|
||||
deactived again once the value falls below 1150.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_roc_rising_value
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_roc_falling_value
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_raw_roc_rising_value
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_raw_roc_falling_value
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_raw_roc_rising_value
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_raw_roc_falling_value
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_raw_roc_rising_value
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_raw_roc_falling_value
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_raw_roc_rising_value
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_raw_roc_falling_value
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_raw_roc_rising_value
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_raw_roc_falling_value
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_raw_roc_rising_value
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_raw_roc_falling_value
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_raw_roc_rising_value
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_raw_roc_falling_value
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_raw_roc_rising_value
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_raw_roc_falling_value
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_raw_roc_rising_value
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_raw_roc_falling_value
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_raw_roc_rising_value
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_raw_roc_falling_value
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_raw_roc_rising_value
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_raw_roc_falling_value
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.37
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Specifies the value of rate of change threshold that the
|
||||
device is comparing against for the events enabled by
|
||||
<type>[Y][_name]_roc[_rising|falling]_en.
|
||||
If separate attributes exist for the two directions,
|
||||
but direction is not specified for this attribute,
|
||||
then a single threshold value applies to both directions.
|
||||
The raw or input element of the name indicates whether the
|
||||
value is in raw device units or in processed units (as _raw
|
||||
and _input do on sysfs direct channel read attributes).
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_thresh_rising_period
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_thresh_falling_period
|
||||
hat: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_roc_rising_period
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_roc_falling_period
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_thresh_rising_period
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_thresh_falling_period
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_roc_rising_period
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_roc_falling_period
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_thresh_rising_period
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_thresh_falling_period
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_roc_rising_period
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_roc_falling_period
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_rising_period
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_falling_period
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_roc_rising_period
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_roc_falling_period
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_rising_period
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_falling_period
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_roc_rising_period
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_roc_falling_period
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_rising_period
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_falling_period
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_roc_rising_period
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_roc_falling_period
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_thresh_rising_period
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_thresh_falling_period
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_roc_rising_period
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_roc_falling_period
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_thresh_rising_period
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_thresh_falling_period
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_roc_rising_period
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_roc_falling_period
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_thresh_rising_period
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_thresh_falling_period
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_roc_rising_period
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_roc_falling_period
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_thresh_rising_period
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_thresh_falling_period
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_roc_rising_period
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_roc_falling_period
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_thresh_rising_period
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_thresh_falling_period
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_roc_rising_period
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_roc_falling_period
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_thresh_rising_period
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_thresh_falling_period
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_roc_rising_period
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_roc_falling_period
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x&y&z_mag_falling_period
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_intensity0_thresh_period
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_period
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.37
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Period of time (in seconds) for which the condition must be
|
||||
met before an event is generated. If direction is not
|
||||
specified then this period applies to both directions.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_mag_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_mag_rising_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_mag_falling_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_mag_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_mag_rising_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_mag_falling_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_mag_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_mag_rising_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_mag_falling_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_mag_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_mag_rising_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_mag_falling_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x&y&z_mag_rising_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x&y&z_mag_falling_en
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.37
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Similar to in_accel_x_thresh[_rising|_falling]_en, but here the
|
||||
magnitude of the channel is compared to the threshold, not its
|
||||
signed value.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_raw_mag_value
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_mag_rising_value
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_raw_mag_rising_value
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_raw_mag_rising_value
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.37
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The value to which the magnitude of the channel is compared. If
|
||||
number or direction is not specified, applies to all channels of
|
||||
this type.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/trigger/current_trigger
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.35
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The name of the trigger source being used, as per string given
|
||||
in /sys/class/iio/triggerY/name.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/length
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.35
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Number of scans contained by the buffer.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/bytes_per_datum
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.37
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Bytes per scan. Due to alignment fun, the scan may be larger
|
||||
than implied directly by the scan_element parameters.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/enable
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.35
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Actually start the buffer capture up. Will start trigger
|
||||
if first device and appropriate.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/scan_elements
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.37
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Directory containing interfaces for elements that will be
|
||||
captured for a single triggered sample set in the buffer.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_x_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_y_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_z_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_x_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_y_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_z_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_x_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_y_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_z_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_timestamp_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_supply_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY-voltageZ_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_x_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_y_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressureY_en
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressure_en
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.37
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Scan element control for triggered data capture.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_type
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_type
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_type
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_type
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_type
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_type
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_supply_type
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_timestamp_type
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressureY_type
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressure_type
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.37
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Description of the scan element data storage within the buffer
|
||||
and hence the form in which it is read from user-space.
|
||||
Form is [be|le]:[s|u]bits/storagebits[>>shift].
|
||||
be or le specifies big or little endian. s or u specifies if
|
||||
signed (2's complement) or unsigned. bits is the number of bits
|
||||
of data and storagebits is the space (after padding) that it
|
||||
occupies in the buffer. shift if specified, is the shift that
|
||||
needs to be applied prior to masking out unused bits. Some
|
||||
devices put their data in the middle of the transferred elements
|
||||
with additional information on both sides. Note that some
|
||||
devices will have additional information in the unused bits
|
||||
so to get a clean value, the bits value must be used to mask
|
||||
the buffer output value appropriately. The storagebits value
|
||||
also specifies the data alignment. So s48/64>>2 will be a
|
||||
signed 48 bit integer stored in a 64 bit location aligned to
|
||||
a 64 bit boundary. To obtain the clean value, shift right 2
|
||||
and apply a mask to zero the top 16 bits of the result.
|
||||
For other storage combinations this attribute will be extended
|
||||
appropriately.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_type_available
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.37
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
If the type parameter can take one of a small set of values,
|
||||
this attribute lists them.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_index
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_supply_index
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_x_index
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_y_index
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_z_index
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_x_index
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_y_index
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_z_index
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_x_index
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_y_index
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_z_index
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_x_index
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_y_index
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_timestamp_index
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressureY_index
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressure_index
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.37
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
A single positive integer specifying the position of this
|
||||
scan element in the buffer. Note these are not dependent on
|
||||
what is enabled and may not be contiguous. Thus for user-space
|
||||
to establish the full layout these must be used in conjunction
|
||||
with all _en attributes to establish which channels are present,
|
||||
and the relevant _type attributes to establish the data storage
|
||||
format.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_z_quadrature_correction_raw
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.38
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
This attribute is used to read the amount of quadrature error
|
||||
present in the device at a given time.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_accelX_power_mode
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.11
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Specifies the chip power mode.
|
||||
low_noise: reduce noise level from ADC,
|
||||
low_power: enable low current consumption.
|
||||
For a list of available output power modes read
|
||||
in_accel_power_mode_available.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/store_eeprom
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.4.0
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Writing '1' stores the current device configuration into
|
||||
on-chip EEPROM. After power-up or chip reset the device will
|
||||
automatically load the saved configuration.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensity_red_integration_time
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensity_green_integration_time
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensity_blue_integration_time
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensity_clear_integration_time
|
||||
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_integration_time
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.12
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
This attribute is used to get/set the integration time in
|
||||
seconds.
|
29
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-ad9523
Normal file
29
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-ad9523
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pll2_feedback_clk_present
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pll2_reference_clk_present
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pll1_reference_clk_a_present
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pll1_reference_clk_b_present
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pll1_reference_clk_test_present
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/vcxo_clk_present
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.4.0
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Reading returns either '1' or '0'.
|
||||
'1' means that the clock in question is present.
|
||||
'0' means that the clock is missing.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pllY_locked
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.4.0
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Reading returns either '1' or '0'. '1' means that the
|
||||
pllY is locked.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/sync_dividers
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.4.0
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Writing '1' triggers the clock distribution synchronization
|
||||
functionality. All dividers are reset and the channels start
|
||||
with their predefined phase offsets (out_altvoltageY_phase).
|
||||
Writing this file has the effect as driving the external
|
||||
/SYNC pin low.
|
21
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4350
Normal file
21
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4350
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_frequency_resolution
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.4.0
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Stores channel Y frequency resolution/channel spacing in Hz.
|
||||
The value given directly influences the MODULUS used by
|
||||
the fractional-N PLL. It is assumed that the algorithm
|
||||
that is used to compute the various dividers, is able to
|
||||
generate proper values for multiples of channel spacing.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_refin_frequency
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.4.0
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Sets channel Y REFin frequency in Hz. In some clock chained
|
||||
applications, the reference frequency used by the PLL may
|
||||
change during runtime. This attribute allows the user to
|
||||
adjust the reference frequency accordingly.
|
||||
The value written has no effect until out_altvoltageY_frequency
|
||||
is updated. Consider to use out_altvoltageY_powerdown to power
|
||||
down the PLL and its RFOut buffers during REFin changes.
|
61
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-lm3533-als
Normal file
61
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-lm3533-als
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_either_en
|
||||
Date: April 2012
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.5
|
||||
Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Event generated when channel passes one of the four thresholds
|
||||
in each direction (rising|falling) and a zone change occurs.
|
||||
The corresponding light zone can be read from
|
||||
in_illuminance0_zone.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_threshY_hysteresis
|
||||
Date: May 2012
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.5
|
||||
Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Get the hysteresis for thresholds Y, that is,
|
||||
threshY_hysteresis = threshY_raising - threshY_falling
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/illuminance_threshY_falling_value
|
||||
What: /sys/.../events/illuminance_threshY_raising_value
|
||||
Date: April 2012
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.5
|
||||
Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Specifies the value of threshold that the device is comparing
|
||||
against for the events enabled by
|
||||
in_illuminance0_thresh_either_en (0..255), where Y in 0..3.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that threshY_falling must be less than or equal to
|
||||
threshY_raising.
|
||||
|
||||
These thresholds correspond to the eight zone-boundary
|
||||
registers (boundaryY_{low,high}) and define the five light
|
||||
zones.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance0_zone
|
||||
Date: April 2012
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.5
|
||||
Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Get the current light zone (0..4) as defined by the
|
||||
in_illuminance0_threshY_{falling,rising} thresholds.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_currentY_raw
|
||||
Date: May 2012
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.5
|
||||
Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Get output current for channel Y (0..255), that is,
|
||||
out_currentY_currentZ_raw, where Z is the current zone.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_currentY_currentZ_raw
|
||||
Date: May 2012
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.5
|
||||
Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Set the output current for channel out_currentY when in zone
|
||||
Z (0..255), where Y in 0..2 and Z in 0..4.
|
||||
|
||||
These values correspond to the ALS-mapper target registers for
|
||||
ALS-mapper Y + 1.
|
13
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-mpu6050
Normal file
13
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-mpu6050
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_gyro_matrix
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_matrix
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_matrix
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.4.0
|
||||
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
This is mounting matrix for motion sensors. Mounting matrix
|
||||
is a 3x3 unitary matrix. A typical mounting matrix would look like
|
||||
[0, 1, 0; 1, 0, 0; 0, 0, -1]. Using this information, it would be
|
||||
easy to tell the relative positions among sensors as well as their
|
||||
positions relative to the board that holds these sensors. Identity matrix
|
||||
[1, 0, 0; 0, 1, 0; 0, 0, 1] means sensor chip and device are perfectly
|
||||
aligned with each other. All axes are exactly the same.
|
9
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mdio
Normal file
9
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mdio
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/mdio_bus/devices/.../phy_id
|
||||
Date: November 2012
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.8
|
||||
Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
This attribute contains the 32-bit PHY Identifier as reported
|
||||
by the device during bus enumeration, encoded in hexadecimal.
|
||||
This ID is used to match the device with the appropriate
|
||||
driver.
|
6
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-media
Normal file
6
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-media
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/media/devices/.../model
|
||||
Date: January 2011
|
||||
Contact: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
|
||||
linux-media@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description: Contains the device model name in UTF-8. The device version is
|
||||
is not be appended to the model name.
|
7
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mei
Normal file
7
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mei
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/mei/devices/.../modalias
|
||||
Date: March 2013
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.10
|
||||
Contact: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
|
||||
linux-mei@linux.intel.com
|
||||
Description: Stores the same MODALIAS value emitted by uevent
|
||||
Format: mei:<mei device name>
|
252
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci
Normal file
252
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,252 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../bind
|
||||
Date: December 2003
|
||||
Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Writing a device location to this file will cause
|
||||
the driver to attempt to bind to the device found at
|
||||
this location. This is useful for overriding default
|
||||
bindings. The format for the location is: DDDD:BB:DD.F.
|
||||
That is Domain:Bus:Device.Function and is the same as
|
||||
found in /sys/bus/pci/devices/. For example:
|
||||
# echo 0000:00:19.0 > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/bind
|
||||
(Note: kernels before 2.6.28 may require echo -n).
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../unbind
|
||||
Date: December 2003
|
||||
Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Writing a device location to this file will cause the
|
||||
driver to attempt to unbind from the device found at
|
||||
this location. This may be useful when overriding default
|
||||
bindings. The format for the location is: DDDD:BB:DD.F.
|
||||
That is Domain:Bus:Device.Function and is the same as
|
||||
found in /sys/bus/pci/devices/. For example:
|
||||
# echo 0000:00:19.0 > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/unbind
|
||||
(Note: kernels before 2.6.28 may require echo -n).
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../new_id
|
||||
Date: December 2003
|
||||
Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Writing a device ID to this file will attempt to
|
||||
dynamically add a new device ID to a PCI device driver.
|
||||
This may allow the driver to support more hardware than
|
||||
was included in the driver's static device ID support
|
||||
table at compile time. The format for the device ID is:
|
||||
VVVV DDDD SVVV SDDD CCCC MMMM PPPP. That is Vendor ID,
|
||||
Device ID, Subsystem Vendor ID, Subsystem Device ID,
|
||||
Class, Class Mask, and Private Driver Data. The Vendor ID
|
||||
and Device ID fields are required, the rest are optional.
|
||||
Upon successfully adding an ID, the driver will probe
|
||||
for the device and attempt to bind to it. For example:
|
||||
# echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/new_id
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../remove_id
|
||||
Date: February 2009
|
||||
Contact: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Writing a device ID to this file will remove an ID
|
||||
that was dynamically added via the new_id sysfs entry.
|
||||
The format for the device ID is:
|
||||
VVVV DDDD SVVV SDDD CCCC MMMM. That is Vendor ID, Device
|
||||
ID, Subsystem Vendor ID, Subsystem Device ID, Class,
|
||||
and Class Mask. The Vendor ID and Device ID fields are
|
||||
required, the rest are optional. After successfully
|
||||
removing an ID, the driver will no longer support the
|
||||
device. This is useful to ensure auto probing won't
|
||||
match the driver to the device. For example:
|
||||
# echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/remove_id
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/pci/rescan
|
||||
Date: January 2009
|
||||
Contact: Linux PCI developers <linux-pci@vger.kernel.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Writing a non-zero value to this attribute will
|
||||
force a rescan of all PCI buses in the system, and
|
||||
re-discover previously removed devices.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../msi_irqs/
|
||||
Date: September, 2011
|
||||
Contact: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The /sys/devices/.../msi_irqs directory contains a variable set
|
||||
of files, with each file being named after a corresponding msi
|
||||
irq vector allocated to that device.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../msi_irqs/<N>
|
||||
Date: September 2011
|
||||
Contact: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
This attribute indicates the mode that the irq vector named by
|
||||
the file is in (msi vs. msix)
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../remove
|
||||
Date: January 2009
|
||||
Contact: Linux PCI developers <linux-pci@vger.kernel.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Writing a non-zero value to this attribute will
|
||||
hot-remove the PCI device and any of its children.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../pci_bus/.../rescan
|
||||
Date: May 2011
|
||||
Contact: Linux PCI developers <linux-pci@vger.kernel.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Writing a non-zero value to this attribute will
|
||||
force a rescan of the bus and all child buses,
|
||||
and re-discover devices removed earlier from this
|
||||
part of the device tree.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../rescan
|
||||
Date: January 2009
|
||||
Contact: Linux PCI developers <linux-pci@vger.kernel.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Writing a non-zero value to this attribute will
|
||||
force a rescan of the device's parent bus and all
|
||||
child buses, and re-discover devices removed earlier
|
||||
from this part of the device tree.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../reset
|
||||
Date: July 2009
|
||||
Contact: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Some devices allow an individual function to be reset
|
||||
without affecting other functions in the same device.
|
||||
For devices that have this support, a file named reset
|
||||
will be present in sysfs. Writing 1 to this file
|
||||
will perform reset.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../vpd
|
||||
Date: February 2008
|
||||
Contact: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
A file named vpd in a device directory will be a
|
||||
binary file containing the Vital Product Data for the
|
||||
device. It should follow the VPD format defined in
|
||||
PCI Specification 2.1 or 2.2, but users should consider
|
||||
that some devices may have malformatted data. If the
|
||||
underlying VPD has a writable section then the
|
||||
corresponding section of this file will be writable.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../virtfnN
|
||||
Date: March 2009
|
||||
Contact: Yu Zhao <yu.zhao@intel.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
This symbolic link appears when hardware supports the SR-IOV
|
||||
capability and the Physical Function driver has enabled it.
|
||||
The symbolic link points to the PCI device sysfs entry of the
|
||||
Virtual Function whose index is N (0...MaxVFs-1).
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../dep_link
|
||||
Date: March 2009
|
||||
Contact: Yu Zhao <yu.zhao@intel.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
This symbolic link appears when hardware supports the SR-IOV
|
||||
capability and the Physical Function driver has enabled it,
|
||||
and this device has vendor specific dependencies with others.
|
||||
The symbolic link points to the PCI device sysfs entry of
|
||||
Physical Function this device depends on.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../physfn
|
||||
Date: March 2009
|
||||
Contact: Yu Zhao <yu.zhao@intel.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
This symbolic link appears when a device is a Virtual Function.
|
||||
The symbolic link points to the PCI device sysfs entry of the
|
||||
Physical Function this device associates with.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/pci/slots/.../module
|
||||
Date: June 2009
|
||||
Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
This symbolic link points to the PCI hotplug controller driver
|
||||
module that manages the hotplug slot.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../label
|
||||
Date: July 2010
|
||||
Contact: Narendra K <narendra_k@dell.com>, linux-bugs@dell.com
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Reading this attribute will provide the firmware
|
||||
given name (SMBIOS type 41 string or ACPI _DSM string) of
|
||||
the PCI device. The attribute will be created only
|
||||
if the firmware has given a name to the PCI device.
|
||||
ACPI _DSM string name will be given priority if the
|
||||
system firmware provides SMBIOS type 41 string also.
|
||||
Users:
|
||||
Userspace applications interested in knowing the
|
||||
firmware assigned name of the PCI device.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../index
|
||||
Date: July 2010
|
||||
Contact: Narendra K <narendra_k@dell.com>, linux-bugs@dell.com
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Reading this attribute will provide the firmware
|
||||
given instance (SMBIOS type 41 device type instance) of the
|
||||
PCI device. The attribute will be created only if the firmware
|
||||
has given an instance number to the PCI device.
|
||||
Users:
|
||||
Userspace applications interested in knowing the
|
||||
firmware assigned device type instance of the PCI
|
||||
device that can help in understanding the firmware
|
||||
intended order of the PCI device.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../acpi_index
|
||||
Date: July 2010
|
||||
Contact: Narendra K <narendra_k@dell.com>, linux-bugs@dell.com
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Reading this attribute will provide the firmware
|
||||
given instance (ACPI _DSM instance number) of the PCI device.
|
||||
The attribute will be created only if the firmware has given
|
||||
an instance number to the PCI device. ACPI _DSM instance number
|
||||
will be given priority if the system firmware provides SMBIOS
|
||||
type 41 device type instance also.
|
||||
Users:
|
||||
Userspace applications interested in knowing the
|
||||
firmware assigned instance number of the PCI
|
||||
device that can help in understanding the firmware
|
||||
intended order of the PCI device.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../d3cold_allowed
|
||||
Date: July 2012
|
||||
Contact: Huang Ying <ying.huang@intel.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
d3cold_allowed is bit to control whether the corresponding PCI
|
||||
device can be put into D3Cold state. If it is cleared, the
|
||||
device will never be put into D3Cold state. If it is set, the
|
||||
device may be put into D3Cold state if other requirements are
|
||||
satisfied too. Reading this attribute will show the current
|
||||
value of d3cold_allowed bit. Writing this attribute will set
|
||||
the value of d3cold_allowed bit.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../sriov_totalvfs
|
||||
Date: November 2012
|
||||
Contact: Donald Dutile <ddutile@redhat.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
This file appears when a physical PCIe device supports SR-IOV.
|
||||
Userspace applications can read this file to determine the
|
||||
maximum number of Virtual Functions (VFs) a PCIe physical
|
||||
function (PF) can support. Typically, this is the value reported
|
||||
in the PF's SR-IOV extended capability structure's TotalVFs
|
||||
element. Drivers have the ability at probe time to reduce the
|
||||
value read from this file via the pci_sriov_set_totalvfs()
|
||||
function.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../sriov_numvfs
|
||||
Date: November 2012
|
||||
Contact: Donald Dutile <ddutile@redhat.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
This file appears when a physical PCIe device supports SR-IOV.
|
||||
Userspace applications can read and write to this file to
|
||||
determine and control the enablement or disablement of Virtual
|
||||
Functions (VFs) on the physical function (PF). A read of this
|
||||
file will return the number of VFs that are enabled on this PF.
|
||||
A number written to this file will enable the specified
|
||||
number of VFs. A userspace application would typically read the
|
||||
file and check that the value is zero, and then write the number
|
||||
of VFs that should be enabled on the PF; the value written
|
||||
should be less than or equal to the value in the sriov_totalvfs
|
||||
file. A userspace application wanting to disable the VFs would
|
||||
write a zero to this file. The core ensures that valid values
|
||||
are written to this file, and returns errors when values are not
|
||||
valid. For example, writing a 2 to this file when sriov_numvfs
|
||||
is not 0 and not 2 already will return an error. Writing a 10
|
||||
when the value of sriov_totalvfs is 8 will return an error.
|
80
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-cciss
Normal file
80
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-cciss
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
|
||||
Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/model
|
||||
Date: March 2009
|
||||
Kernel Version: 2.6.30
|
||||
Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com
|
||||
Description: Displays the SCSI INQUIRY page 0 model for logical drive
|
||||
Y of controller X.
|
||||
|
||||
Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/rev
|
||||
Date: March 2009
|
||||
Kernel Version: 2.6.30
|
||||
Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com
|
||||
Description: Displays the SCSI INQUIRY page 0 revision for logical
|
||||
drive Y of controller X.
|
||||
|
||||
Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/unique_id
|
||||
Date: March 2009
|
||||
Kernel Version: 2.6.30
|
||||
Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com
|
||||
Description: Displays the SCSI INQUIRY page 83 serial number for logical
|
||||
drive Y of controller X.
|
||||
|
||||
Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/vendor
|
||||
Date: March 2009
|
||||
Kernel Version: 2.6.30
|
||||
Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com
|
||||
Description: Displays the SCSI INQUIRY page 0 vendor for logical drive
|
||||
Y of controller X.
|
||||
|
||||
Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/block:cciss!cXdY
|
||||
Date: March 2009
|
||||
Kernel Version: 2.6.30
|
||||
Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com
|
||||
Description: A symbolic link to /sys/block/cciss!cXdY
|
||||
|
||||
Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/rescan
|
||||
Date: August 2009
|
||||
Kernel Version: 2.6.31
|
||||
Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com
|
||||
Description: Kicks of a rescan of the controller to discover logical
|
||||
drive topology changes.
|
||||
|
||||
Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/lunid
|
||||
Date: August 2009
|
||||
Kernel Version: 2.6.31
|
||||
Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com
|
||||
Description: Displays the 8-byte LUN ID used to address logical
|
||||
drive Y of controller X.
|
||||
|
||||
Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/raid_level
|
||||
Date: August 2009
|
||||
Kernel Version: 2.6.31
|
||||
Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com
|
||||
Description: Displays the RAID level of logical drive Y of
|
||||
controller X.
|
||||
|
||||
Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/usage_count
|
||||
Date: August 2009
|
||||
Kernel Version: 2.6.31
|
||||
Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com
|
||||
Description: Displays the usage count (number of opens) of logical drive Y
|
||||
of controller X.
|
||||
|
||||
Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/resettable
|
||||
Date: February 2011
|
||||
Kernel Version: 2.6.38
|
||||
Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com
|
||||
Description: Value of 1 indicates the controller can honor the reset_devices
|
||||
kernel parameter. Value of 0 indicates reset_devices cannot be
|
||||
honored. This is to allow, for example, kexec tools to be able
|
||||
to warn the user if they designate an unresettable device as
|
||||
a dump device, as kdump requires resetting the device in order
|
||||
to work reliably.
|
||||
|
||||
Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/transport_mode
|
||||
Date: July 2011
|
||||
Kernel Version: 3.0
|
||||
Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com
|
||||
Description: Value of "simple" indicates that the controller has been placed
|
||||
in "simple mode". Value of "performant" indicates that the
|
||||
controller has been placed in "performant mode".
|
46
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-ehci_hcd
Normal file
46
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-ehci_hcd
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/ehci_hcd/.../companion
|
||||
/sys/bus/usb/devices/usbN/../companion
|
||||
Date: January 2007
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.21
|
||||
Contact: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
PCI-based EHCI USB controllers (i.e., high-speed USB-2.0
|
||||
controllers) are often implemented along with a set of
|
||||
"companion" full/low-speed USB-1.1 controllers. When a
|
||||
high-speed device is plugged in, the connection is routed
|
||||
to the EHCI controller; when a full- or low-speed device
|
||||
is plugged in, the connection is routed to the companion
|
||||
controller.
|
||||
|
||||
Sometimes you want to force a high-speed device to connect
|
||||
at full speed, which can be accomplished by forcing the
|
||||
connection to be routed to the companion controller.
|
||||
That's what this file does. Writing a port number to the
|
||||
file causes connections on that port to be routed to the
|
||||
companion controller, and writing the negative of a port
|
||||
number returns the port to normal operation.
|
||||
|
||||
For example: To force the high-speed device attached to
|
||||
port 4 on bus 2 to run at full speed:
|
||||
|
||||
echo 4 >/sys/bus/usb/devices/usb2/../companion
|
||||
|
||||
To return the port to high-speed operation:
|
||||
|
||||
echo -4 >/sys/bus/usb/devices/usb2/../companion
|
||||
|
||||
Reading the file gives the list of ports currently forced
|
||||
to the companion controller.
|
||||
|
||||
Note: Some EHCI controllers do not have companions; they
|
||||
may contain an internal "transaction translator" or they
|
||||
may be attached directly to a "rate-matching hub". This
|
||||
mechanism will not work with such controllers. Also, it
|
||||
cannot be used to force a port on a high-speed hub to
|
||||
connect at full speed.
|
||||
|
||||
Note: When this file was first added, it appeared in a
|
||||
different sysfs directory. The location given above is
|
||||
correct for 2.6.35 (and probably several earlier kernel
|
||||
versions as well).
|
||||
|
98
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd
Normal file
98
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/rbd/
|
||||
Date: November 2010
|
||||
Contact: Yehuda Sadeh <yehuda@newdream.net>,
|
||||
Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
|
||||
Being used for adding and removing rbd block devices.
|
||||
|
||||
Usage: <mon ip addr> <options> <pool name> <rbd image name> [snap name]
|
||||
|
||||
$ echo "192.168.0.1 name=admin rbd foo" > /sys/bus/rbd/add
|
||||
|
||||
The snapshot name can be "-" or omitted to map the image read/write. A <dev-id>
|
||||
will be assigned for any registered block device. If snapshot is used, it will
|
||||
be mapped read-only.
|
||||
|
||||
Removal of a device:
|
||||
|
||||
$ echo <dev-id> > /sys/bus/rbd/remove
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/rbd/add_single_major
|
||||
Date: December 2013
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.14
|
||||
Contact: Sage Weil <sage@inktank.com>
|
||||
Description: Available only if rbd module is inserted with single_major
|
||||
parameter set to true.
|
||||
Usage is the same as for /sys/bus/rbd/add. If present,
|
||||
should be used instead of the latter: any attempts to use
|
||||
/sys/bus/rbd/add if /sys/bus/rbd/add_single_major is
|
||||
available will fail for backwards compatibility reasons.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/rbd/remove_single_major
|
||||
Date: December 2013
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.14
|
||||
Contact: Sage Weil <sage@inktank.com>
|
||||
Description: Available only if rbd module is inserted with single_major
|
||||
parameter set to true.
|
||||
Usage is the same as for /sys/bus/rbd/remove. If present,
|
||||
should be used instead of the latter: any attempts to use
|
||||
/sys/bus/rbd/remove if /sys/bus/rbd/remove_single_major is
|
||||
available will fail for backwards compatibility reasons.
|
||||
|
||||
Entries under /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/
|
||||
--------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
client_id
|
||||
|
||||
The ceph unique client id that was assigned for this specific session.
|
||||
|
||||
features
|
||||
|
||||
A hexadecimal encoding of the feature bits for this image.
|
||||
|
||||
major
|
||||
|
||||
The block device major number.
|
||||
|
||||
minor
|
||||
|
||||
The block device minor number. (December 2013, since 3.14.)
|
||||
|
||||
name
|
||||
|
||||
The name of the rbd image.
|
||||
|
||||
image_id
|
||||
|
||||
The unique id for the rbd image. (For rbd image format 1
|
||||
this is empty.)
|
||||
|
||||
pool
|
||||
|
||||
The name of the storage pool where this rbd image resides.
|
||||
An rbd image name is unique within its pool.
|
||||
|
||||
pool_id
|
||||
|
||||
The unique identifier for the rbd image's pool. This is
|
||||
a permanent attribute of the pool. A pool's id will never
|
||||
change.
|
||||
|
||||
size
|
||||
|
||||
The size (in bytes) of the mapped block device.
|
||||
|
||||
refresh
|
||||
|
||||
Writing to this file will reread the image header data and set
|
||||
all relevant datastructures accordingly.
|
||||
|
||||
current_snap
|
||||
|
||||
The current snapshot for which the device is mapped.
|
||||
|
||||
parent
|
||||
|
||||
Information identifying the pool, image, and snapshot id for
|
||||
the parent image in a layered rbd image (format 2 only).
|
75
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rpmsg
Normal file
75
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rpmsg
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../name
|
||||
Date: June 2011
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.3
|
||||
Contact: Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Every rpmsg device is a communication channel with a remote
|
||||
processor. Channels are identified with a (textual) name,
|
||||
which is maximum 32 bytes long (defined as RPMSG_NAME_SIZE in
|
||||
rpmsg.h).
|
||||
|
||||
This sysfs entry contains the name of this channel.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../src
|
||||
Date: June 2011
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.3
|
||||
Contact: Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Every rpmsg device is a communication channel with a remote
|
||||
processor. Channels have a local ("source") rpmsg address,
|
||||
and remote ("destination") rpmsg address. When an entity
|
||||
starts listening on one end of a channel, it assigns it with
|
||||
a unique rpmsg address (a 32 bits integer). This way when
|
||||
inbound messages arrive to this address, the rpmsg core
|
||||
dispatches them to the listening entity (a kernel driver).
|
||||
|
||||
This sysfs entry contains the src (local) rpmsg address
|
||||
of this channel. If it contains 0xffffffff, then an address
|
||||
wasn't assigned (can happen if no driver exists for this
|
||||
channel).
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../dst
|
||||
Date: June 2011
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.3
|
||||
Contact: Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Every rpmsg device is a communication channel with a remote
|
||||
processor. Channels have a local ("source") rpmsg address,
|
||||
and remote ("destination") rpmsg address. When an entity
|
||||
starts listening on one end of a channel, it assigns it with
|
||||
a unique rpmsg address (a 32 bits integer). This way when
|
||||
inbound messages arrive to this address, the rpmsg core
|
||||
dispatches them to the listening entity.
|
||||
|
||||
This sysfs entry contains the dst (remote) rpmsg address
|
||||
of this channel. If it contains 0xffffffff, then an address
|
||||
wasn't assigned (can happen if the kernel driver that
|
||||
is attached to this channel is exposing a service to the
|
||||
remote processor. This make it a local rpmsg server,
|
||||
and it is listening for inbound messages that may be sent
|
||||
from any remote rpmsg client; it is not bound to a single
|
||||
remote entity).
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../announce
|
||||
Date: June 2011
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.3
|
||||
Contact: Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Every rpmsg device is a communication channel with a remote
|
||||
processor. Channels are identified by a textual name (see
|
||||
/sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../name above) and have a local
|
||||
("source") rpmsg address, and remote ("destination") rpmsg
|
||||
address.
|
||||
|
||||
A channel is first created when an entity, whether local
|
||||
or remote, starts listening on it for messages (and is thus
|
||||
called an rpmsg server).
|
||||
|
||||
When that happens, a "name service" announcement is sent
|
||||
to the other processor, in order to let it know about the
|
||||
creation of the channel (this way remote clients know they
|
||||
can start sending messages).
|
||||
|
||||
This sysfs entry tells us whether the channel is a local
|
||||
server channel that is announced (values are either
|
||||
true or false).
|
28
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-umc
Normal file
28
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-umc
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/umc/
|
||||
Date: July 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.27
|
||||
Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The Wireless Host Controller Interface (WHCI)
|
||||
specification describes a PCI-based device with
|
||||
multiple capabilities; the UWB Multi-interface
|
||||
Controller (UMC).
|
||||
|
||||
The umc bus presents each of the individual
|
||||
capabilties as a device.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/umc/devices/.../capability_id
|
||||
Date: July 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.27
|
||||
Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The ID of this capability, with 0 being the radio
|
||||
controller capability.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/umc/devices/.../version
|
||||
Date: July 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.27
|
||||
Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The specification version this capability's hardware
|
||||
interface complies with.
|
182
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb
Normal file
182
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../authorized
|
||||
Date: July 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||
Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Authorized devices are available for use by device
|
||||
drivers, non-authorized one are not. By default, wired
|
||||
USB devices are authorized.
|
||||
|
||||
Certified Wireless USB devices are not authorized
|
||||
initially and should be (by writing 1) after the
|
||||
device has been authenticated.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../wusb_cdid
|
||||
Date: July 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.27
|
||||
Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
For Certified Wireless USB devices only.
|
||||
|
||||
A devices's CDID, as 16 space-separated hex octets.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../wusb_ck
|
||||
Date: July 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.27
|
||||
Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
For Certified Wireless USB devices only.
|
||||
|
||||
Write the device's connection key (CK) to start the
|
||||
authentication of the device. The CK is 16
|
||||
space-separated hex octets.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../wusb_disconnect
|
||||
Date: July 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.27
|
||||
Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
For Certified Wireless USB devices only.
|
||||
|
||||
Write a 1 to force the device to disconnect
|
||||
(equivalent to unplugging a wired USB device).
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/.../new_id
|
||||
Date: October 2011
|
||||
Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Writing a device ID to this file will attempt to
|
||||
dynamically add a new device ID to a USB device driver.
|
||||
This may allow the driver to support more hardware than
|
||||
was included in the driver's static device ID support
|
||||
table at compile time. The format for the device ID is:
|
||||
idVendor idProduct bInterfaceClass RefIdVendor RefIdProduct
|
||||
The vendor ID and device ID fields are required, the
|
||||
rest is optional. The Ref* tuple can be used to tell the
|
||||
driver to use the same driver_data for the new device as
|
||||
it is used for the reference device.
|
||||
Upon successfully adding an ID, the driver will probe
|
||||
for the device and attempt to bind to it. For example:
|
||||
# echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id
|
||||
|
||||
Here add a new device (0458:7045) using driver_data from
|
||||
an already supported device (0458:704c):
|
||||
# echo "0458 7045 0 0458 704c" > /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id
|
||||
|
||||
Reading from this file will list all dynamically added
|
||||
device IDs in the same format, with one entry per
|
||||
line. For example:
|
||||
# cat /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id
|
||||
8086 10f5
|
||||
dead beef 06
|
||||
f00d cafe
|
||||
|
||||
The list will be truncated at PAGE_SIZE bytes due to
|
||||
sysfs restrictions.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb-serial/drivers/.../new_id
|
||||
Date: October 2011
|
||||
Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
For serial USB drivers, this attribute appears under the
|
||||
extra bus folder "usb-serial" in sysfs; apart from that
|
||||
difference, all descriptions from the entry
|
||||
"/sys/bus/usb/drivers/.../new_id" apply.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/.../remove_id
|
||||
Date: November 2009
|
||||
Contact: CHENG Renquan <rqcheng@smu.edu.sg>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Writing a device ID to this file will remove an ID
|
||||
that was dynamically added via the new_id sysfs entry.
|
||||
The format for the device ID is:
|
||||
idVendor idProduct. After successfully
|
||||
removing an ID, the driver will no longer support the
|
||||
device. This is useful to ensure auto probing won't
|
||||
match the driver to the device. For example:
|
||||
# echo "046d c315" > /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/remove_id
|
||||
|
||||
Reading from this file will list the dynamically added
|
||||
device IDs, exactly like reading from the entry
|
||||
"/sys/bus/usb/drivers/.../new_id"
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/usb2_hardware_lpm
|
||||
Date: September 2011
|
||||
Contact: Andiry Xu <andiry.xu@amd.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
If CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME is set and a USB 2.0 lpm-capable device
|
||||
is plugged in to a xHCI host which support link PM, it will
|
||||
perform a LPM test; if the test is passed and host supports
|
||||
USB2 hardware LPM (xHCI 1.0 feature), USB2 hardware LPM will
|
||||
be enabled for the device and the USB device directory will
|
||||
contain a file named power/usb2_hardware_lpm. The file holds
|
||||
a string value (enable or disable) indicating whether or not
|
||||
USB2 hardware LPM is enabled for the device. Developer can
|
||||
write y/Y/1 or n/N/0 to the file to enable/disable the
|
||||
feature.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../removable
|
||||
Date: February 2012
|
||||
Contact: Matthew Garrett <mjg@redhat.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Some information about whether a given USB device is
|
||||
physically fixed to the platform can be inferred from a
|
||||
combination of hub descriptor bits and platform-specific data
|
||||
such as ACPI. This file will read either "removable" or
|
||||
"fixed" if the information is available, and "unknown"
|
||||
otherwise.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../ltm_capable
|
||||
Date: July 2012
|
||||
Contact: Sarah Sharp <sarah.a.sharp@linux.intel.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
USB 3.0 devices may optionally support Latency Tolerance
|
||||
Messaging (LTM). They indicate their support by setting a bit
|
||||
in the bmAttributes field of their SuperSpeed BOS descriptors.
|
||||
If that bit is set for the device, ltm_capable will read "yes".
|
||||
If the device doesn't support LTM, the file will read "no".
|
||||
The file will be present for all speeds of USB devices, and will
|
||||
always read "no" for USB 1.1 and USB 2.0 devices.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX
|
||||
Date: August 2012
|
||||
Contact: Lan Tianyu <tianyu.lan@intel.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX
|
||||
is usb port device's sysfs directory.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX/connect_type
|
||||
Date: January 2013
|
||||
Contact: Lan Tianyu <tianyu.lan@intel.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Some platforms provide usb port connect types through ACPI.
|
||||
This attribute is to expose these information to user space.
|
||||
The file will read "hotplug", "wired" and "not used" if the
|
||||
information is available, and "unknown" otherwise.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/usb2_lpm_l1_timeout
|
||||
Date: May 2013
|
||||
Contact: Mathias Nyman <mathias.nyman@linux.intel.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
USB 2.0 devices may support hardware link power management (LPM)
|
||||
L1 sleep state. The usb2_lpm_l1_timeout attribute allows
|
||||
tuning the timeout for L1 inactivity timer (LPM timer), e.g.
|
||||
needed inactivity time before host requests the device to go to L1 sleep.
|
||||
Useful for power management tuning.
|
||||
Supported values are 0 - 65535 microseconds.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/usb2_lpm_besl
|
||||
Date: May 2013
|
||||
Contact: Mathias Nyman <mathias.nyman@linux.intel.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
USB 2.0 devices that support hardware link power management (LPM)
|
||||
L1 sleep state now use a best effort service latency value (BESL) to
|
||||
indicate the best effort to resumption of service to the device after the
|
||||
initiation of the resume event.
|
||||
If the device does not have a preferred besl value then the host can select
|
||||
one instead. This usb2_lpm_besl attribute allows to tune the host selected besl
|
||||
value in order to tune power saving and service latency.
|
||||
|
||||
Supported values are 0 - 15.
|
||||
More information on how besl values map to microseconds can be found in
|
||||
USB 2.0 ECN Errata for Link Power Management, section 4.10)
|
43
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg
Normal file
43
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
|
||||
Where: /sys/bus/usb/.../powered
|
||||
Date: August 2008
|
||||
Kernel Version: 2.6.26
|
||||
Contact: Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com>
|
||||
Description: Controls whether the device's display will powered.
|
||||
A value of 0 is off and a non-zero value is on.
|
||||
|
||||
Where: /sys/bus/usb/.../mode_msb
|
||||
Where: /sys/bus/usb/.../mode_lsb
|
||||
Date: August 2008
|
||||
Kernel Version: 2.6.26
|
||||
Contact: Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com>
|
||||
Description: Controls the devices display mode.
|
||||
For a 6 character display the values are
|
||||
MSB 0x06; LSB 0x3F, and
|
||||
for an 8 character display the values are
|
||||
MSB 0x08; LSB 0xFF.
|
||||
|
||||
Where: /sys/bus/usb/.../textmode
|
||||
Date: August 2008
|
||||
Kernel Version: 2.6.26
|
||||
Contact: Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com>
|
||||
Description: Controls the way the device interprets its text buffer.
|
||||
raw: each character controls its segment manually
|
||||
hex: each character is between 0-15
|
||||
ascii: each character is between '0'-'9' and 'A'-'F'.
|
||||
|
||||
Where: /sys/bus/usb/.../text
|
||||
Date: August 2008
|
||||
Kernel Version: 2.6.26
|
||||
Contact: Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com>
|
||||
Description: The text (or data) for the device to display
|
||||
|
||||
Where: /sys/bus/usb/.../decimals
|
||||
Date: August 2008
|
||||
Kernel Version: 2.6.26
|
||||
Contact: Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com>
|
||||
Description: Controls the decimal places on the device.
|
||||
To set the nth decimal place, give this field
|
||||
the value of 10 ** n. Assume this field has
|
||||
the value k and has 1 or more decimal places set,
|
||||
to set the mth place (where m is not already set),
|
||||
change this fields value to k + 10 ** m.
|
88
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-c2port
Normal file
88
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-c2port
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/class/c2port/
|
||||
Date: October 2008
|
||||
Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The /sys/class/c2port/ directory will contain files and
|
||||
directories that will provide a unified interface to
|
||||
the C2 port interface.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX
|
||||
Date: October 2008
|
||||
Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/ directory is related to X-th
|
||||
C2 port into the system. Each directory will contain files to
|
||||
manage and control its C2 port.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/access
|
||||
Date: October 2008
|
||||
Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/access file enable the access
|
||||
to the C2 port from the system. No commands can be sent
|
||||
till this entry is set to 0.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/dev_id
|
||||
Date: October 2008
|
||||
Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/dev_id file show the device ID
|
||||
of the connected micro.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_access
|
||||
Date: October 2008
|
||||
Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_access file enable the
|
||||
access to the on-board flash of the connected micro.
|
||||
No commands can be sent till this entry is set to 0.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_block_size
|
||||
Date: October 2008
|
||||
Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_block_size file show
|
||||
the on-board flash block size of the connected micro.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_blocks_num
|
||||
Date: October 2008
|
||||
Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_blocks_num file show
|
||||
the on-board flash blocks number of the connected micro.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_data
|
||||
Date: October 2008
|
||||
Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_data file export
|
||||
the content of the on-board flash of the connected micro.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_erase
|
||||
Date: October 2008
|
||||
Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_erase file execute
|
||||
the "erase" command on the on-board flash of the connected
|
||||
micro.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_erase
|
||||
Date: October 2008
|
||||
Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_erase file show the
|
||||
on-board flash size of the connected micro.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/reset
|
||||
Date: October 2008
|
||||
Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/reset file execute a "reset"
|
||||
command on the connected micro.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/rev_id
|
||||
Date: October 2008
|
||||
Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/rev_id file show the revision ID
|
||||
of the connected micro.
|
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Loading…
x
Reference in New Issue
Block a user